US20210115102A1 - Separation moieties and methods of use thereof - Google Patents

Separation moieties and methods of use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210115102A1
US20210115102A1 US17/082,955 US202017082955A US2021115102A1 US 20210115102 A1 US20210115102 A1 US 20210115102A1 US 202017082955 A US202017082955 A US 202017082955A US 2021115102 A1 US2021115102 A1 US 2021115102A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
seq
cytokine
moiety
protease
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US17/082,955
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
William Winston
Luke Evnin
Vinay Bhaskar
Giselle KNUDSEN
Daniel Hicklin
Cynthia Seidel-Dugan
Jose Andres SALMERON GARCIA
Heather Brodkin
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Mpm Asset Management LLC
Werewolf Therapeutics Inc
Original Assignee
Mpm Asset Management LLC
Werewolf Therapeutics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mpm Asset Management LLC, Werewolf Therapeutics Inc filed Critical Mpm Asset Management LLC
Priority to US17/082,955 priority Critical patent/US20210115102A1/en
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HICKLIN, DANIEL
Assigned to MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC reassignment MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BHASKAR, VINAY
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WINSTON, WILLIAM
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SEIDEL-DUGAN, CYNTHIA
Assigned to ALAUNUS BIOSCIENCES, INC. reassignment ALAUNUS BIOSCIENCES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KNUDSEN, Giselle
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ALAUNUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SALMERON GARCIA, Jose Andres
Assigned to WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BRODKIN, Heather
Publication of US20210115102A1 publication Critical patent/US20210115102A1/en
Priority to US17/677,473 priority patent/US11739132B2/en
Assigned to MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC reassignment MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: EVNIN, LUKE
Priority to US18/315,927 priority patent/US20230272028A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/54—Interleukins [IL]
    • C07K14/55—IL-2
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/555—Interferons [IFN]
    • C07K14/57—IFN-gamma
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/715—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants for cytokines; for lymphokines; for interferons
    • C07K14/7155—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants for cytokines; for lymphokines; for interferons for interleukins [IL]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2887—Immunoglobulins [IG], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against CD20
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/62—DNA sequences coding for fusion proteins
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Y—ENZYMES
    • C12Y304/00—Hydrolases acting on peptide bonds, i.e. peptidases (3.4)
    • C12Y304/22—Cysteine endopeptidases (3.4.22)
    • C12Y304/22015—Cathepsin L (3.4.22.15)
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/642—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent the peptide or protein in the drug conjugate being a cytokine, e.g. IL2, chemokine, growth factors or interferons being the inactive part of the conjugate
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622—Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/01—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
    • C07K2319/02—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a signal sequence
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/01—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
    • C07K2319/03—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a transmembrane segment
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30—Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/31—Fusion polypeptide fusions, other than Fc, for prolonged plasma life, e.g. albumin
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/33—Fusion polypeptide fusions for targeting to specific cell types, e.g. tissue specific targeting, targeting of a bacterial subspecies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/50—Fusion polypeptide containing protease site
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/70—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction

Definitions

  • Recombinant fusion proteins containing two or more functional polypeptides have utility in many fields including, for use in protein purification, imaging, as therapeutics, and drug delivery.
  • protein drugs can be fused to Fc domains of antibodies or to carrier proteins (i.e., human serum albumin) for targeting, to extend their plasma half-lives and/or to achieve therapeutic effects. Chen et al., (2013), Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 65(10):1357-1369.
  • linker sequences such as length, hydrophobicity, amino acid composition, secondary structures, and the overall folding can affect linker suitability and need to be taken into consideration in designing and selecting an appropriate linker.
  • linkers that can be cleaved under selected conditions or in selected biological locations (e.g., in tumor microenvironment) to deliver active therapeutic agents (e.g., therapeutic polypeptides) can provide targeted pharmacological activity of the therapeutic agents and reduce unwanted systemic effects. This introduces further complexity into designing suitable linkers.
  • novel separation moieties or linkers are disclosed herein.
  • the separation moieties or linkers disclosed herein can be utilized, for example to specifically deliver prodrugs such as conditionally active and/or targeted cytokines to target sites where the linkers are processed to activate bioactivity.
  • compositions and methods to generate and use high efficiency separation moieties and/or linkers can confer site-selectivity with regards to biological activity of the attached payload or payloads.
  • the separation moieties and/or linkers are used in conjugation with therapeutic proteins to treat a disease or disorder, such as proliferative disease, a tumorous disease, an inflammatory disease, an immunological disorder, an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, a viral disease, an allergic reaction, a parasitic reaction, graft-versus-host disease and the like.
  • recombinant polypeptides comprising a separation moiety, wherein the separation moiety comprises an amino acid sequence is a substrate for an enzyme, specifically a protease.
  • the protease can be selected from the group consisting of Fibroblast activation protein alpha (FAP ⁇ , also known as prolyl endopeptidase FAP), Cathepsin L (CTSL1), an ADAM selected from ADAM 8, ADAM 9, ADAM 10, ADAM12 ADAM17, and ADAMTS1, and an MMP selected from MMP1, MMP2, MMP9 or MMP14.
  • the cleavable moiety can also be a substrate for a cathepsin, such as cathepsin B, cathepsin C, cathepsin D, cathepsin E, cathepsin G, cathepsin K and/or cathepsin L.
  • the cathepsin is Cathepsin L.
  • the protease is MMP14 or cathepsin L.
  • the cleavable moiety can comprise an amino acid sequence that is a substrate for at least two proteases.
  • the separation moiety comprises two or more cleavable moieties, each of which is a substrate for a protease.
  • the separation moiety can comprise a first cleavable moiety comprising a first amino acid sequence that is a substrate for a first protease and a second cleavable moiety comprising a second amino acid sequence that is a substrate for a second protease.
  • the disclosure related to recombinant polypeptides that comprise a separation moiety that contains a protease cleavage motif as disclosed herein.
  • the recombinant polypeptide can comprise a separation moiety that comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 195-220, or an amino acid sequence that has at least 90% identity to SEQ ID NOs:195-220.
  • Preferred separation moieties comprise the sequence GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198).
  • the disclosure also relates to functional variants of separation moieties comprising SEQ ID NOs: 195-220.
  • the functional variants of SEQ ID NO: 195 can comprise any of SEQ ID NOS: 258-331.
  • the functional variants of SEQ ID NO: 198 can comprise of SEQ ID NO:198 comprises SEQ ID NOS: 199 or any of SEQ ID NOS: 332-408.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can comprise Formula I: [D1]-[L1]-[D2]. D1 is a first domain of interest.
  • L1 is a separation moiety that connects or links D1 to D2, wherein the separation moiety comprises an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 195-220 or an amino acid sequence that has at least about 90% identity to SEQ ID NOs:195-220.
  • D2 is a second domain of interest.
  • the recombinant polypeptide can further comprise a non-cleavable linker sequence.
  • the recombinant polypeptide can include a therapeutic protein, such as a cytokine, chemokine, growth factor, soluble receptor, antigen-binding portion of an antibody (e.g., scFV, dAb) and the like.
  • the recombinant polypeptide comprises a cytokine, chemokine, growth factor, a soluble receptor, or any combination thereof.
  • the recombinant polypeptide comprises at least one of an extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular domain.
  • the recombinant polypeptide comprises a cell surface receptor, a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), or a T Cell Receptor (TCR) subunit. In one embodiment, the recombinant polypeptide comprises an antigen-binding polypeptide, an antibody or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the cleavable moiety is cleaved with either (a) greater catalytic efficiency or (b) greater specificity or (c) both (a) and (b), by one or more proteases than a reference polypeptide sequence.
  • the one or more proteases are selected from the group consisting of FAP ⁇ , CTSL1, an ADAM selected from ADAM 8, ADAM 9, ADAM 10, ADAM12 ADAM17, and ADAMTS1, and an MMP selected from MMP1, MMP2, MMP9 and MMP14.
  • the one or more proteases can also include a protease selected from cathepsins, such as cathepsin B, cathepsin C, cathepsin D, cathepsin E, cathepsin G, cathepsin K and/or cathepsin L.
  • cathepsins such as cathepsin B, cathepsin C, cathepsin D, cathepsin E, cathepsin G, cathepsin K and/or cathepsin L.
  • the reference polypeptide sequence is present in a naturally occurring polypeptide substrate for FAP ⁇ , CTSL1, an ADAM selected from ADAM 8, ADAM 9, ADAM 10, ADAM12 ADAM17, and ADAMTS1, and an MMP selected from MMP1, MMP2, MMP9 and MMP14, a cathepsin, such as cathepsin B, cathepsin C, cathepsin D, cathepsin E, cathepsin G, cathepsin K and/or cathepsin L or a combination thereof.
  • the cleavable moiety is cleaved with reduced catalytic efficiency by one or more proteases than a reference polypeptide sequence.
  • the cleavable moiety is cleaved with reduced catalytic efficiency by one or more serum proteases. In another embodiment, the cleavable moiety is cleaved with reduced catalytic efficiency by one or more hepatic proteases. In another embodiment, the cleavable moiety is cleaved with reduced catalytic efficiency by one or more Factor Xa, hepsin, or thrombin.
  • the recombinant polypeptide comprises two or more separation moieties.
  • the recombinant polypeptide is operably linked to a moiety selected from the group consisting of a polypeptide moiety, a lipid moiety, a nucleic acid moiety, a detectable moiety, and a small molecule.
  • a recombinant pro-protein comprising: a recombinant polypeptide comprising a cleavable moiety that is a substrate for a protease, wherein the cleavable moiety comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 195-220; and a polypeptide with biological activity, wherein the pro-protein has attenuated biological activity and wherein cleavage of the cleavable moiety by the protease produces a polypeptide with biological activity that is not attenuated.
  • the polypeptide with biological activity comprises a cytokine, chemokine, growth factor, a soluble receptor or a combination thereof.
  • the linkers are components of fusion proteins with therapeutic utility, and the linkers are not cleaved or are cleaved with low efficiency in the peripheral circulation but are cleaved with higher efficiency at a desired location in the body, such as a tumor microenvironment or site of inflammation.
  • the polypeptide with biological activity comprises at least one of an extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular domain.
  • the polypeptide with biological activity comprises a cell surface receptor, a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), or a T Cell Receptor (TCR) subunit.
  • the polypeptide with biological activity comprises an antigen-binding polypeptide, an antibody or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the disclosure also relates to a fusion protein comprising: a. a signaling protein or molecule; and b. a blocking moiety selected from a steric blocking moiety, a specific blocking moiety, and the combination thereof; and c. a peptide linker that comprises a cleavable moiety, e.g., a cleavable moiety disclosed herein, having at least one protease-cleavable sequence.
  • the fusion protein wherein (a) and (b) are operably linked by (c).
  • the fusion protein, wherein the peptide linker comprises two or more copies of the same cleavable moiety.
  • the fusion protein wherein the steric blocking moiety comprises human serum albumin (HSA) or an anti-HSA antibody.
  • the fusion protein wherein the signaling protein is an interleukin-2 amino acid sequence comprising: (i) a non-native N terminus and/or (ii) a non-native C terminus.
  • the fusion protein wherein the signaling protein is an interleukin-2 amino acid sequence.
  • the fusion protein further comprising one or more half-life extension domains that are not also a specific blocker.
  • the fusion protein wherein the non-native N and/or C termini are generated by circular permutation.
  • the fusion polypeptide provided herein can a first polypeptide fusion partner linked to a ligand by a protease cleavable linker, wherein the cleavable linker has been optimized for catalytic efficiency, and wherein the ligand has been optionally modified, wherein the first polypeptide fusion partner is a blocking moiety which prevents binding of the modified ligand to a target receptor or a subunit of a target receptor until cleavage of the protease cleavable linker.
  • the fusion polypeptide provided herein can also a fusion polypeptide comprising a first polypeptide fusion partner linked to a ligand by a protease cleavable linker, wherein the cleavable linker has been optimized for catalytic efficiency, and wherein the ligand has been optionally modified, including by circularly permutation to create a non-native N-terminus and a new C-terminus as compared to a native ligand, and wherein at least one of the new N-terminus or the new C-terminus of the modified ligand is operably linked to a first polypeptide fusion partner to form a fusion polypeptide wherein the first polypeptide fusion partner is a blocking moiety which prevents binding of the modified ligand to a target receptor or a subunit of a target receptor until cleavage of the protease cleavable linker.
  • the first polypeptide fusion partner is selected from the group consisting of an antibody, an antibody fragment, and an albumin molecule.
  • the first polypeptide fusion partner further comprising a second polypeptide fusion partner comprising a second blocking moiety.
  • the second polypeptide fusion partner is a different kind of blocking moiety than the first polypeptide fusion partner.
  • the first polypeptide fusion partner is albumin and the second polypeptide fusion partner is a domain comprising a complementary amino acid sequence that blocks activity of the cytokine.
  • the first polypeptide fusion partner is a steric blocker, such as albumin
  • the second polypeptide is a specific blocker, such as a cytokine receptor, portion of a cytokine receptor, a de novo affinity peptide specific for the cytokine, or an antibody or antibody fragment that specifically binds the cytokine of the fusion polypeptide.
  • the second polypeptide fusion partner is the same kind of blocking moiety as the first polypeptide fusion partner.
  • the fusion protein further comprises a tumor antigen binding component.
  • the fusion protein further comprises a serum half-life extension domain.
  • the ligand is selected from the group consisting of helix bundle proteins and cytokines (including, but not limited to, growth hormone, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, IL-22, IL-23p19, IL-11, IL-13, IL-15, IL-12p35, IL-21, IL-30 (IL27p28), IL-34, IL-35, IL-35p35, IFN- ⁇ , IFN- ⁇ , IFN ⁇ , LIF, CNTF, oncostatin M, CLCF-1, GCSF, GM-CSF, EPO, ferritin, leptin, placental lactogen, prolactin, apolipoprotein e), b-trefoil proteins (including, but not limited to, IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1 ⁇ , IL
  • the ligand comprises IL-2 polypeptide or a fragment or fragments thereof.
  • the protease-cleavable linker polypeptide comprises a sequence that is capable of being cleaved by at least one protease selected from the group consisting of a kallikrein, thrombin, chymase, carboxypeptidase A, cathepsin G, an elastase, a FAP, an ADAM selected from ADAM 8, ADAM 9, ADAM 10, ADAM12 ADAM17, and ADAMTS1, PR-3, granzyme M, a calpain, a matrix metalloproteinase (MMP), a plasminogen activator, a cathepsin, a caspase, a tryptase, and a tumor cell surface protease.
  • the cytokine or fragment or mutein thereof is substantially dissociated from the cytokine blocking moiety after the proteas
  • fusion polypeptide comprising at least one of each of: a cytokine polypeptide or functional fragment or mutein thereof [A]; a cytokine blocking moiety [B]; and an optimized protease-cleavable polypeptide linker [L]; wherein the blocking moiety is selected from the group consisting of an antibody, an antibody fragment, and an albumin, and wherein the cytokine comprises a circularly permuted cytokine.
  • the fusion protein further comprises a tumor antigen binding component and/or a serum half-life extension domain.
  • the fusion polypeptide wherein the cytokine peptide or functional fragment or mutein thereof is selected from the group consisting of helix bundle proteins and cytokines (including, but not limited to, growth hormone, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, IL-22, IL-23p19, IL-11, IL-13, IL-15, IL-12p35, IL-21, IL-30 (IL27p28), IL-34, IL-35, IL-35p35, IFN- ⁇ , IFN ⁇ , LIF, CNTF, oncostatin M, CLCF-1, GCSF, GM-CSF, EPO, ferritin, leptin, placental lactogen, prolactin, apolipoprotein e), a FAP (e.g., Fap ⁇ ), an ADAM selected from ADAM 8, ADAM 9, ADAM 10, ADAM12 ADAM17, and ADAMTS1, b-trefoil proteins (e.g
  • the cytokine peptide or functional fragment or mutein thereof comprises IL-2.
  • the cytokine blocking moiety comprises a ligand binding domain or fragment or mutein of a cognate receptor for the cytokine, a single domain antibody or scFv that binds the cytokine polypeptide or functional fragment or mutein thereof, or an antibody or antibody fragment that binds a receptor of the cytokine.
  • antibody is a single domain antibody or scFv.
  • the blocking moiety extends the serum half-life of the cytokine or fragment thereof.
  • fusion polypeptides comprising a protease cleavable moiety, wherein the sequence is catalytically optimized for cleavage by certain proteases and wherein protease cleavage renders the composition inducible in a tumor microenvironment.
  • the fusion protein further comprises a biologically inactive polypeptide, wherein cleavage of the cleavable moiety by the protease converts the biologically inactive polypeptide to a biologically active polypeptide.
  • the biologically inactive polypeptide comprises a cytokine, chemokine, growth factor, or soluble receptor.
  • the biologically inactive polypeptide comprises at least one of an extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular domain.
  • the biologically inactive polypeptide comprises a cell surface receptor, a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), or a T Cell Receptor (TCR) subunit.
  • the biologically inactive polypeptide comprises an antigen-binding polypeptide, an antibody or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the disclosure further relates to a nucleic acid encoding any of the polypeptides disclosed herein, a vector comprising any of the nucleic acids encoding any of the polypeptides disclosed herein, and a host cell comprising said vector.
  • Methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising culturing the host cell comprising a vector comprising a nucleic acid encoding any of the polypeptides disclosed herein, under suitable conditions for expression and collection of desired polypeptides are provided herein.
  • Method of using any of the polypeptides disclosed herein comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising such polypeptides to a subject in need thereof are described. For example, use for treating a subject with a disease or disorder disclosed herein.
  • compositions comprising an effective amount of any of the recombinant polypeptides, any of the pro-proteins, any of the fusion proteins, any of the fusion polypeptides, any of the nucleic acids, any of the vectors, or any of the host cells comprising such vectors disclosed herein.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine that includes a blocking moiety.
  • the blocking moiety may optionally function as a serum half-life extending domain.
  • a cytokine is connected to a blocking moiety via a protease-cleavable linker, thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment a protease cleaves at a protease-cleavage site on the linker, releasing the blocking moiety and allowing the cytokine to bind to its receptor.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine wherein HSA (blocking moiety) is directly bound to the cytokine or chemokine of interest, with a protease cleavage site between the HSA and a cytokine or chemokine of interest.
  • HSA blocking moiety
  • FIG. 1B shows that a cytokine is connected to a blocking moiety via a protease-cleavable linker, thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment, the protease cleaves at a protease-cleavage site on linker, releasing the blocking moiety and allowing the cytokine to bind to its receptor.
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine wherein more than one HSA (blocking moiety) is bound directly to the molecule of interest.
  • HSA blocking moiety
  • one or more of the HSA can be bonded to the cytokine or chemokine through a linker, such as a linker that contains a protease cleavage site.
  • linker such as a linker that contains a protease cleavage site.
  • the drawing shows that a cytokine is connected to a blocking moiety via a protease-cleavable linker, thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment, protease cleaves at protease-cleavage site on linker, releasing the blocking moiety and allowing cytokine to bind receptor.
  • the cytokine now has similar pK properties as compared to the native cytokine (e.g., has a short half-life).
  • FIG. 1D is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine comprising more than one cytokine, of the same type or different type, each of which is bonded to a binding domain through a protease-cleavable linker.
  • a cytokine is connected to a blocking moiety via a protease-cleavable linker, thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment a protease cleaves at a protease cleavage site on linker, releasing the blocking moiety and allowing the cytokine to bind to its receptor.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine comprising a cytokine or chemokine polypeptide, a blocking moiety, and a serum half-life extending domain connected by at least one protease-cleavable linker.
  • a cytokine is connected to a blocking moiety via protease-cleavable linkers, thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor. It is also bound to a separate half-life extension element, which extends half-life in serum.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment a protease cleaves at a protease-cleavage site on linker, thus releasing the serum half-life extension element and the blocking moiety and allowing the cytokine to bind to its receptor.
  • the cytokine now has similar pK properties as compared to the native cytokine (e.g., a short half-life).
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine comprising a cytokine or chemokine polypeptide, a blocking moiety, and a targeting domain connected by at least one protease-cleavable linker.
  • a cytokine is connected to a blocking moiety and a targeting domain via a protease-cleavable linker, thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor microenvironment a protease cleaves at the protease cleavage site in the linker, releasing the targeting domain and the blocking moiety and allowing the cytokine to bind to its receptor.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine comprising a cytokine or chemokine polypeptide, a blocking moiety, a targeting domain, and a serum half-life extending domain connected by at least one protease-cleavable linker, wherein the cytokine polypeptide and the targeting domain are connected by a protease-cleavable linker.
  • the drawing shows that a cytokine or chemokine is connected to targeting domain, blocking moiety, and half-life extension element via protease-cleavable linker(s), thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment, the protease cleaves at a protease-cleavage site on linker(s), releasing the half-life extension element, the targeting domain, and the blocking moiety, and allowing the cytokine to bind to its receptor.
  • the cytokine now has similar pK properties as compared to the native cytokine (e.g., short half-life).
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic illustrating a protease-activated cytokine or chemokine comprising a cytokine or chemokine polypeptide, a blocking moiety, a targeting domain, and a serum half-life extending domain connected by at least one protease-cleavable linker.
  • a cytokine is connected to targeting domain, a blocking moiety, and a half-life extension element via protease-cleavable linker(s), thus blocking its ability to bind to its receptor.
  • the drawing shows that in an inflammatory or tumor environment, the protease cleaves at a protease-cleavage site on linker(s), releasing the half-life extension element and the blocking moiety and allowing the cytokine to bind to the receptor.
  • the targeting moiety remains bound, keeping the cytokine in the tumor microenvironment.
  • the cytokine now has similar pK properties as compared to the native cytokine (e.g., a short half-life).
  • FIG. 5 depicts a graph showing that Linkers-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195) and Linkers-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) are minimally cleaved in lung, kidney, and livery cells.
  • FIGS. 6A-6B show graphs that polypeptides containing recombinant human IL-2 and the sequence for Linker-1 (GPAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196), Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) are not processed by healthy lung fibroblasts.
  • FIGS. 7A-7H is a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IL-2 fusion proteins in IL-2 dependent cytotoxic T lymphocyte cell line CTLL-2. Each graph shows results of the IL-2 proliferation assay as quantified by CellTiter-Glo® (Promega) luminescence-based cell viability assay. Each proliferation assay was performed with HSA ( FIGS. 7B, 7D, 7F, 7H ) or without ( FIGS. 7A, 7C, 7E, 7G ). Each fusion protein comprises an anti-HSA binder, and both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIGS. 8A-8F is a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IL-2 fusion proteins in IL-2 dependent cytotoxic T lymphocyte cell line CTLL-2. Each graph shows results of the IL-2 proliferation assay as quantified by CellTiter-Glo (Promega) luminescence-based cell viability assay. Both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIGS. 9A-9Z is a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IL-2 fusion proteins in IL-2 dependent cytotoxic T lymphocyte cell line CTLL-2. Each graph shows results of the IL-2 proliferation assay as quantified by CellTiter-Glo (Promega) luminescence-based cell viability assay. Both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIG. 10 shows results of protein cleavage assay. Fusion protein ACP16 was run on an SDS-PAGE gel in both cleaved and uncleaved form. As can be seen in the gel, cleavage was complete.
  • FIGS. 11A-11B are a series of graphs depicting results from a HEK-Blue IL-12 reporter assay performed on human p40/murine p35 IL12 fusion proteins and recombinant human IL12 (Rec hIL-12). Analysis was performed based on quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue® (InvivoGen). Results confirm that IL12 protein fusion proteins are active.
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • FIGS. 12A-12F show a series of graphs depicting the results of HEK-blue assay of four IL-12 fusion proteins, before and after cleavage by MMP9. Analysis was performed based on quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen). The data show greater activity in the cleaved IL12 than in the full fusion protein. Constructs tested were ACP06 ( FIG. 12A ), ACP07 ( FIG. 12C ), ACP08 ( FIG. 12B ), ACP09 ( FIG. 12D ), ACP10 ( FIG. 12E ), ACP11 ( FIG. 12F )
  • FIG. 13 shows results of protein cleavage assay. Fusion protein ACP11 was run on an SDS-PAGE gel in both cleaved and uncleaved form. As can be seen in the gel, cleavage was complete.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic which depicts a non-limiting example of an inducible cytokine protein, wherein the construct is activated upon protease cleavage of a linker attached between two subunits of the cytokine.
  • FIGS. 15A-15D are graphs depicting results from a HEK-Blue assay performed on human p40/murine p35 IL12 fusion proteins and recombinant human IL12 (Rec hIL-12). Results confirm that IL12 protein fusion proteins are active. Each proliferation assay was performed with HSA or without HSA.
  • FIGS. 16A-16F are a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IFN ⁇ fusion proteins compared to activity of mouse IFN ⁇ control using WEHI 279 cell survival assay. Each assay was performed with medium containing HSA (+HSA) or not containing HSA ( ⁇ HSA). Each fusion protein comprises an anti-HSA binder, and both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIGS. 17A-17F are a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IFN ⁇ fusion proteins compared to activity of mouse IFN ⁇ control using B16 reporter assay. Each assay was performed with medium containing HSA (+HSA) or not containing HSA ( ⁇ HSA). Each fusion protein comprises an anti-HSA binder, and both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIGS. 18A-18B shows results of protein cleavage assay.
  • FIGS. 19A-19B are a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IFN fusion proteins compared to activity of mouse IFN ⁇ control using B16 reporter assay.
  • Each assay was performed with culture medium containing HSA, and each fusion protein comprises an anti-HSA binder. Both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIGS. 20A-20B are a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IFN ⁇ fusion proteins compared to activity of mouse IFNalphaA control using a B16 reporter assay.
  • Each assay was performed with medium containing HSA, and each fusion protein comprises an anti-HSA binder. Both uncleaved and MMP9 protease cleaved versions of the fusion protein were used in each assay.
  • FIGS. 21A-21D are a series of graphs depicting the results of tumor growth studies using the MC38 cell line.
  • FIG. 21D shows the effect of intratumoral (IT) injection of IFN ⁇ and IL-2 on tumor growth.
  • FIGS. 22A-22B are a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IFN ⁇ fusion proteins (ACP51 and ACP52) cleaved by MMP9 protease compared to activity of uncleaved fusion proteins using B16 reporter assay.
  • Each fusion protein comprises an anti-HSA binder and a tumor targeting domain.
  • FIGS. 23A-23B are a series of graphs showing activity of exemplary IFN ⁇ fusion proteins (ACP53 and ACP54) cleaved by MMP9 protease compared to activity of uncleaved fusion proteins using B16 reporter assay.
  • Each fusion protein comprises IFN ⁇ directly fused to albumin.
  • FIGS. 24A-24B are two graphs showing the stability of IL-2 fusion proteins containing Linker-1 (GPAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196), Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) in human serum in normal patient and a cancer patient.
  • FIG. 24A depicts the stability of the IL-2 fusion proteins containing Linker-1 (GPAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196), Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) at 24 hours.
  • FIG. 24A depicts the stability of the IL-2 fusion proteins containing Linker-1 (GPAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196), Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) at 24 hours.
  • FIG. 24A depicts the
  • 24B depicts the stability of the IL-2 fusion proteins containing Linker-1 (GPAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196), Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) at 72 hours.
  • Linker-1 GAAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196
  • Linker-2 GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195
  • Linker-3 ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198
  • FIGS. 25A and 25B are two graphs showing analysis of ACP16 ( FIG. 25A ) and ACP124 ( FIG. 25B ) in a HEKBlue IL-2 reporter assay in the presence of HSA. Circles depict the activity of the uncut polypeptide, squares depict activity of the cut polypeptide, and triangles depict IL-2 alone as a control.
  • FIG. 25C is a graph showing results of a CTLL-2 proliferation assay.
  • CTLL2 cells ATCC
  • HSA human serum albumin
  • FIGS. 26A-26C are a series of graphs showing activity of fusion proteins in an HEKBlue IL-12 reporter assay.
  • FIG. 26A is a graph showing activity of cut and uncut ACP11 (a human p40/murine p35 IL12 fusion protein).
  • FIG. 26B is a graph showing analysis of ACP91 (a chimeric IL-12 fusion protein). Squares depict activity of the uncut ACP91 polypeptide, and triangles depict the activity of the cut polypeptide (ACP91+MMP9). EC50 values for each are shown in the table.
  • FIG. 26C is a graph showing analysis of ACP136 (a chimeric IL-12 fusion protein). Squares depict activity of the uncut ACP136 polypeptide, and triangles depict the activity of the cut polypeptide (ACP136+MMP9). EC50 values for each are shown in the table insert.
  • FIGS. 27A-27F are a series of graphs showing that cleaved IL-12 polypeptides are active in a HEKBlue IL2 reporter assay. Fusion proteins are evaluated both uncut (circles) and cut (squares) form, and wild type IL2 is used as a control +HSA for FIGS. 27A-C ; ACP131 is used as a control (triangles) for FIGS. 27D-27F . Shown are data for APC31+HSA ( FIG. 27A ), ACP125+HSA ( FIG. 27B ), ACP126+HSA ( FIG. 27C ), ACP127 ( FIG. 27D ), ACP128 ( FIG. 27E ), and ACP129 ( FIG. 27F ). The EC50 values for each are shown in the table below each graph.
  • FIGS. 28A-28N are a series of graphs depicting the activity of APC56 ( FIG. 28A ), APC57 ( FIG. 28B ) APC58 ( FIG. 28C ), APC59 ( FIG. 28D ), APC60 ( FIG. 28E ), APC61+HSA ( FIG. 28F ), ACP30+HSA ( FIG. 28G ), ACP73 ( FIG. 28H ), ACP70+HSA ( FIG. 28I ), ACP71 ( FIG. 28J ), ACP72 ( FIG. 28K ), ACP 73 ( FIG. 28L ), ACP74 ( FIG. 28M ), and ACP75 ( FIG. 28N ) in a HEKBlue IFN ⁇ reporter assay. Each fusion was tested for its activity when cut (squares) and uncut (circles). Analysis of murine IFN ⁇ is included in each graph as a comparator.
  • FIGS. 29A-29B is two graphs showing results of analyzing ACP31 (mouse IFN ⁇ 1 fusion protein) and ACP11 (a human p40/murine p35 IL12 fusion protein) in a tumor xenograft model.
  • FIG. 29A shows tumor volume over time in mice treated with 33 ⁇ g ACP31 (circles), 110 ⁇ g ACP31 (triangles), 330 ⁇ g ACP31 (diamonds), and as controls 1 ⁇ g murine wild type IFN ⁇ 1 (dashed line, squares) and 10 ⁇ g mIFN ⁇ 1 (dashed line, small circles). Vehicle alone is indicated by large open circles.
  • FIG. 29B shows tumor volume over time in mice treated with 17.5 ⁇ g ACP11 (squares), 175 ⁇ g ACP31 (triangles), 525 ⁇ g ACP31 (circles), and as controls 2 ⁇ g ACP04 (dashed line, triangles) and 10 ⁇ g ACP04 (dashed line, diamonds). Vehicle alone is indicated by large open circles.
  • the data show tumor volume decreasing over time in a dose-dependent manner in mice treated with both ACP11 and ACP04 (a human p40/murine p35 IL12 fusion protein).
  • FIGS. 30A-30F are a series of spaghetti plots showing tumor volume over time in a mouse xenograft tumor model in mice each treated with vehicle alone ( FIG. 30A ), 2 ⁇ g ACP04 ( FIG. 30B ), 10 ⁇ g ACP04 ( FIG. 30C ), 17.5 ⁇ g ACP11 ( FIG. 30D ), 175 ⁇ g ACP11 ( FIG. 30E ), and 525 ⁇ g ACP11 ( FIG. 30F ). Each line represents a single mouse.
  • FIGS. 31A-31C depicts three graphs showing results of analyzing ACP16 and ACP124 in a tumor xenograft model.
  • FIG. 31A shows tumor volume over time in mice treated with 4.4 ⁇ g ACP16 (squares), 17 ⁇ g ACP16 (triangles), 70 ⁇ g ACP16 (downward triangles), 232 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark circles), and as a comparator 12 ⁇ g wild type IL-2 (dashed line, triangles) and 36 ⁇ g wild type IL-2 (dashed line, diamonds. Vehicle alone is indicated by large open circles.
  • the data show tumor volume decreasing over time in a dose-dependent manner in mice treated with ACP16 at higher concentrations.
  • FIG. 31A shows tumor volume over time in mice treated with 4.4 ⁇ g ACP16 (squares), 17 ⁇ g ACP16 (triangles), 70 ⁇ g ACP16 (downward triangles), 232 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark circles), and as a comparator
  • FIG. 31B shows tumor volume over time in mice treated with 17 ⁇ g ACP124 (squares), 70 ⁇ g ACP124 (triangles), 230 ⁇ g ACP124 (downward triangles), and 700 ⁇ g ACP124. Vehicle alone is indicated by large open circles.
  • FIG. 31C shows tumor volume over time in mice treated with 17 ⁇ g ACP16 (triangles), 70 ⁇ g ACP16 (circles), 232 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark circles), and as a comparator 17 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line, triangles) 70 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line, diamonds), 230 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line, diamonds). Vehicle alone is indicated by dark downward triangles. The data show tumor volume decreasing over time in a dose-dependent manner in mice treated with ACP16, but not ACP124.
  • FIGS. 32A-32C are a series of spaghetti plots showing activity of fusion proteins in an MC38 mouse xenograft model. Each line in the plots is a single mouse.
  • FIG. 33 is a graph showing tumor volume over time in a mouse xenograft model showing tumor growth in control mice (open circles) and AP16-treated mice (squares).
  • FIGS. 34A-34D are a series of survival plots showing survival of mice over time after treatment with cleavable fusion proteins.
  • FIG. 34A shows data for mice treated with vehicle alone (gray line), 17 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark line), and 11 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line).
  • FIG. 34B shows data for mice treated with vehicle alone (gray line), 70 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark line), and 70 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line).
  • FIG. 34C shows data for mice treated with vehicle alone (gray line), 232 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark line), and 230 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line).
  • FIG. 34D shows data for mice treated with vehicle alone (gray line), 232 ⁇ g ACP16 (dark line), and 700 ⁇ g ACP124 (dashed line).
  • FIG. 35 a series of spaghetti plots showing activity of fusion proteins in an MC38 mouse xenograft model. All mouse groups were given four doses total except for the highest three doses of APC132, wherein fatal toxicity was detected after 1 week/2 doses. Shown are vehicle alone (top), 17, 55, 70, and 230 ⁇ g ACP16 (top full row), 9, 28, 36, and 119 ⁇ g ACP132 (middle full row), and 13, 42, 54, and 177 ⁇ g ACP21 (bottom full row). Each line in the plots represents an individual animal.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic illustrating a substrate cleavage activity in conditioned complete (+FBS) media by FRET endpoint assay across four cell lines. The ratio of tumor vs control activity was approximated by averaging the three tumor cell lines and comparing to the control myofibroblast cell line where signal was detectable.
  • FIG. 36 discloses SEQ ID NOs: 201, 198, 197, 196 and 195, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic illustrating ADAM17_2 substrate kinetics in cell culture conditioned media.
  • FIG. 37 discloses SEQ ID NO: 235.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic illustrating FAP ⁇ _1 substrate kinetics in conditioned media.
  • FIG. 38 discloses SEQ ID NO: 197.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic illustrating FAP ⁇ _1 substrate kinetics in cell lysates.
  • FIG. 39 discloses SEQ ID NO: 197.
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic illustrating MMP9_1 substrate kinetics in cell lysates.
  • FIG. 40 discloses SEQ ID NO: 196.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic illustrating a substrate cleavage activity in cell lysates by FRET endpoint assay.
  • FIG. 41 discloses SEQ ID NOS 198 and 197, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 42 is a schematic illustrating CTSL1_1 substrate kinetics in cell lysates.
  • FIG. 42 discloses SEQ ID NO: 198.
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic illustrating MMP14_1 substrate kinetics in cell lysates.
  • FIG. 43 discloses SEQ ID NO: 195.
  • FIG. 44 is a schematic illustrating calculated concentration of enzyme equivalents per cell culture-derived sample.
  • FIG. 44 discloses SEQ ID NOS 201, 198, 197, 197, 196 and 195, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic illustrating an enzyme progress curve for CTSL1 cleavage of CSTL1_2 vs CTSL1_1.
  • FIG. 45 discloses SEQ ID NOS 198, 199 and 236, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 46 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer cleavage of CTSL1_1 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) vs CTSL1_2 (ALFFSSPP, SEQ ID NO: 199).
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic illustrating susceptibility of the CTSL1 FRET substrates to CTSK cleavage. Rates of product formation were measured as a specific activity in units pmol min ⁇ 1 ⁇ g ⁇ 1 .
  • the threshold value for the reference substrate, Z-LR-AMC is shown as a dashed line.
  • FIG. 47 discloses SEQ ID NOS 198 and 199, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by MMP9. Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 48 discloses SEQ ID NOS 204, 205, 214, 216, 202, 217, 203, 211, 219, 207, 215, 212, 213, 206, 208, 209, 210, 218 and 220, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic illustrating tandem MMP14_1 Motif degradation by MMP9. Top: substrate degradation traces, modeled with first-order kinetics. Bottom: product formation traces showing complex kinetics. FIG. 49 discloses SEQ ID NOS 202-205, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 50 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by FAP ⁇ . Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 50 discloses SEQ ID NOS 205, 204, 206, 217, 203, 218, 219, 213, 216, 207, 214, 210, 202, 211, 208, 209, 212, 215 and 220, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 51 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by CTSL1. Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 51 discloses SEQ ID NOS 207, 208, 202, 218, 219, 212, 215, 217, 211, 209, 214, 206, 213, 210, 216, 203, 204, 205 and 220, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 52 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by ADAM17. Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 52 discloses SEQ ID NOS 208, 209, 211, 214, 217, 219, 213, 218, 215, 210, 212, 216, 207, 206, 202, 203, 204, 205 and 220, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by Factor Xa. Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 53 discloses SEQ ID NOS 220, 206, 202, 214, 208, 209, 215, 210, 218, 217, 207, 213, 216, 211, 212, 219, 203, 204 and 205, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by Thrombin. Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 54 discloses SEQ ID NOS 220, 204, 202, 207, 205, 211, 212, 215, 209, 218, 219, 217, 210, 213, 216, 214, 208, 206 and 203, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 55 is a schematic illustrating 30-mer Substrate Degradation by hepsin. Ranking of the substrates by relative rates of degradation are shown with “+”; uncleaved substrates are indicated as “ ⁇ ”.
  • FIG. 55 discloses SEQ ID NOS 220, 209, 216, 215, 210, 213, 206, 214, 212, 207, 217, 208, 211, 218, 219, 202, 203, 204 and 205, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIGS. 56A-56C show western blots probed with an IL-2 antibody demonstrating the stability of ACP16 ( FIG. 56A ), ACP153 ( FIG. 56B ), and ACP157 ( FIG. 56C ) in 90% serum.
  • FIG. 57A-57B show western blots probed with an IL-2 antibody demonstrating the stability of ACP153, ACP155, ACP156, ACP16, and ACP372 in 90% serum.
  • FIG. 57A shows the result using serum from a human donor and
  • FIG. 57B shows the result using serum from a mouse donor.
  • FIGS. 58A-58D show a series of spaghetti plots showing activity of fusion proteins in an MC38 mouse xenograft model. Shown are vehicle alone ( FIG. 58A , top), 17, 55, and 230 ⁇ g ACP16 ( FIG. 58A ), 55 and 230 ⁇ g ACP153 ( FIG. 58B ), 55 and 230 ⁇ g ACP155 ( FIG. 58C ), and 55 and 230 ⁇ g ACP156 ( FIG. 58D ). Each line in the plots represents an individual animal.
  • FIG. 59 shows a graph depicting results from a STAT activation reporter assay performed on IL-2 fusion proteins and recombinant human IL2 (Rec hIL-2). Analysis was performed based on quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen).
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • FIG. 60 shows a graph depicting results from a STAT activation reporter assay performed on IL-2 fusion proteins and recombinant human IL2 (Rec hIL-2). Analysis was performed based on quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen).
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • FIG. 61 shows a graph depicting results from a STAT activation reporter assay performed on IL-2 fusion proteins and recombinant human IL2 (Rec hIL-2). Analysis was performed based on quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen).
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • FIG. 62 shows a graph depicting results from a STAT activation reporter assay performed on IL-2 fusion proteins and recombinant human IL2 (Rec hIL-2). Analysis was performed based on quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen).
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • FIG. 63 shows a table reporting engineered cleavage substrates described herein and the extent of cleavage observed using relevant proteases. Flanking sequences are lower case, the first cleavable sequence is underlined, the second is in bold font, and the third cleavable sequence is in italics. In some cases, there is overlap between cleavable sequences, which are indicated accordingly.
  • FIG. 63 discloses SEQ ID NOS 202-220, respectively, in order of appearance.
  • FIG. 64 is a schematic of an inducible tetravalent antibody format.
  • FIG. 65A-65B show that multivalent 4-1BB antibodies are able to inducibly agonize 4-1BB.
  • linkers are preferably protease cleavable and link a first amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a first domain of interest) to a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a second domain of interest).
  • the disclosed separation moieties confer site-selectivity with regard to the action of the attached payload or payloads.
  • the payload can be a therapeutic agent, a half-life extender, a blocking agent and the like, or any combination thereof.
  • the separation moieties may be used to attach any payload of interest, including e.g. cytokines, antibodies, cell-based therapies, etc.
  • the separation moieties may be used individually or be used in tandem, triplicate, quadruplicate, and so forth, as long as the separation moiety is smaller than about 100 amino acids. Individual separation moieties may be directly joined to each other, or may be interspersed with non-cleavable linkers, whichever promotes high efficiency and site-specificity.
  • Cytokine is a well-known term of art that refers to any of a class of immunoregulatory proteins (such as interleukin or interferon) that are secreted by cells especially of the immune system and that are modulators of the immune system.
  • immunoregulatory proteins such as interleukin or interferon
  • Cytokine polypeptides that can be used in the fusion proteins disclosed herein include, but are not limited to transforming growth factors, such as TGF- ⁇ and TGF- ⁇ (e.g., TGFbeta1, TGFbeta2, TGFbeta3); interferons, such as interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ , interferon-kappa and interferon-omega; interleukins, such as IL-1, IL-1 ⁇ , IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-21 and IL-25; tumor necrosis factors, such as tumor necrosis factor alpha and lymphotoxin; transforming growth factor beta (TGFbeta) family proteins, chemokines (e.g., C-X-C motif
  • Cytokines are well-known to have short serum half-lives that frequently are only a few minutes. Even forms of cytokines that have altered amino acid sequences intended to extend the serum half-life yet retain receptor agonist activity typically also have short serum half-lives.
  • a “short-half-life cytokine” refers to a cytokine that has a substantially brief half-life circulating in the serum of a subject, such as a serum half-life that is less than 10, less than 15, less than 30, less than 60, less than 90, less than 120, less than 240, or less than 480 minutes.
  • a short half-life cytokine includes cytokines which have not been modified in their sequence to achieve a longer than usual half-life in the body of a subject and polypeptides that have altered amino acid sequences intended to extend the serum half-life yet retain receptor agonist activity. This latter case is not meant to include the addition of heterologous protein domains, such as a bona fide half-life extension element, such as serum albumin.
  • a “conservative” amino acid substitution generally refers to substitution of one amino acid residue with another amino acid residue from within a recognized group which can change the structure of the peptide but biological activity of the peptide is substantially retained.
  • Conservative substitutions of amino acids are known to those skilled in the art. Conservative substitutions of amino acids can include, but not limited to, substitutions made amongst amino acids within the following groups: (a) M, I, L, V; (b) F, Y, W; (c) K, R, H; (d) A, G; (e) S, T; (f) Q, N; and (g) E, D.
  • Sortases are transpeptidases that modify proteins by recognizing and cleaving a carboxyl-terminal sorting signal embedded in or terminally attached to a target protein or peptide.
  • Sortase A catalyzes the cleavage of the LPXTG motif (where X is any standard amino acid) (SEQ ID NO: 237) between the Thr and Gly residue on the target protein, with transient attachment of the Thr residue to the active site Cys residue on the enzyme, forming an enzyme-thioacyl intermediate.
  • a biomolecule with an N-terminal nucleophilic group typically an oligoglycine motif, attacks the intermediate, displacing Sortase A and joining the two molecules.
  • steric blocker refers to a polypeptide or polypeptide moiety that can be covalently bonded to a cytokine polypeptide directly or indirectly through other moieties such as linkers, for example in the form of a chimeric polypeptide (fusion protein), but otherwise does not covalently bond to the cytokine polypeptide.
  • a steric blocker can non-covalently bond to the cytokine polypeptide, for example though electrostatic, hydrophobic, ionic or hydrogen bonding.
  • a steric blocker typically inhibits or blocks the activity of the cytokine moiety due to its proximity to the cytokine moiety and comparative size.
  • a “half-life extension element” is apart of the chimeric polypeptide that increases the serum half-life and improve pK, for example, by altering its size (e.g., to be above the kidney filtration cutoff), shape, hydrodynamic radius, charge, or parameters of absorption, biodistribution, metabolism, and elimination.
  • separation moiety refers to an amino acid sequence typically less than about 100 amino acids that connects or links a first amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., an amino acid sequence that folds to form a first protein domain) to a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., an amino acid sequence that folds to form a second protein domain) in a contiguous polypeptide chain.
  • the separation moiety or linker typically include one or more protease cleavage sites and thus is protease cleavable.
  • a “tandem linker” refers to a linker that comprises two or more protease cleavages sites which can be cleaved by the same or different proteases, and which can be arranged in any desired orientation, such as one cleavage site adjacent to another cleavage site, one cleavage site overlapping another cleavage site, one cleavage site following by another cleavage site with intervening amino acids between the two cleavage sites.
  • the terms “activatable,” “activate,” “induce,” and “inducible” refer to the ability of a protein, i.e. a cytokine, that is part of a conjugate, to bind its receptor and effectuate activity upon cleavage of additional elements from the conjugate.
  • Plasmids or “viral vectors” are agents that transport the disclosed nucleic acids into the cell without degradation and include a promoter yielding expression of the nucleic acid molecule and/or polypeptide in the cells into which it is delivered.
  • peptide As used herein, the terms “peptide”, “polypeptide”, or “protein” are used broadly to mean two or more amino acids linked by a peptide bond. Protein, peptide, and polypeptide are also used herein interchangeably to refer to amino acid sequences. It should be recognized that the term polypeptide is not used herein to suggest a particular size or number of amino acids comprising the molecule and that a peptide of the invention can contain up to several amino acid residues or more.
  • subject can be a vertebrate, more specifically a mammal (e.g. a human, horse, cat, dog, cow, pig, sheep, goat, mouse, rabbit, rat, and guinea pig), birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, and any other animal.
  • a mammal e.g. a human, horse, cat, dog, cow, pig, sheep, goat, mouse, rabbit, rat, and guinea pig
  • the term does not denote a particular age or sex. Tus, adult and newborn subjects, whether male or female, are intended to be covered.
  • patient or “subject” may be used interchangeably and can refer to a subject with a disease or disorder (e.g. cancer).
  • a disease or disorder e.g. cancer
  • patient or subject includes human and veterinary subjects.
  • treatment refers to a method of reducing the effects of a disease or condition or symptom of the disease or condition.
  • treatment can refer to at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or substantially complete reduction in the severity of an established disease or condition or symptom of the disease or condition.
  • a method for treating a disease is considered to be a treatment if there is a 10% reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease in a subject as compared to a control.
  • the reduction can be a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or any percent reduction in between 10% and 100% as compared to native or control levels.
  • treatment does not necessarily refer to a cure or complete ablation of the disease, condition, or symptoms of the disease or condition. Desirable effects of treatment include, but are not limited to, preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis.
  • the terms “prevent”, “preventing”, and “prevention” of a disease or disorder refers to an action, for example, administration of the chimeric polypeptide or nucleic acid sequence encoding the chimeric polypeptide, that occurs before or at about the same time a subject begins to show one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder, which inhibits or delays onset or exacerbation of one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder.
  • references to “decreasing”, “reducing”, or “inhibiting” include a change of at least about 10%, of at least about 20%, of at least about 30%, of at least about 40%, of at least about 50%, of at least about 60%, of at least about 70%, of at least about 80%, of at least about 90% or greater as compared to a suitable control level.
  • Such terms can include but do not necessarily include complete elimination of a function or property, such as agonist activity.
  • an “attenuated cytokine receptor agonist” is a cytokine receptor agonist that has decreased receptor agonist activity as compared to the cytokine receptor's naturally occurring agonist.
  • An attenuated cytokine agonist may have at least about 10 ⁇ , at least about 50 ⁇ , at least about 100 ⁇ , at least about 250 ⁇ , at least about 500 ⁇ , at least about 1000 ⁇ or less agonist activity as compared to the receptor's naturally occurring agonist.
  • a fusion protein that contains a cytokine polypeptide as described herein is described as “attenuated” or having “attenuated activity”, it is meant that the fusion protein is an attenuated cytokine receptor agonist.
  • an “intact fusion protein” is a fusion protein in which no domain has been removed from the fusion protein, for example by protease cleavage.
  • a domain may be removable by protease cleavage or other enzymatic activity, but when the fusion protein is “intact”, this has not occurred.
  • moiety refers to a portion of a molecule that has a distinct function within that molecule, and that function may be performed by that moiety in the context of another molecule.
  • a moiety may be a chemical entity with a particular function, or a portion of a biological molecule with a particular function.
  • a “blocking moiety” within a fusion protein is a portion of the fusion protein which is capable of blocking the activity of some or all of the fusion polypeptide. his may be a protein domain, such as serum albumin.
  • the disclosure relates to novel protease cleavable separation moieties.
  • the protease cleavable separation moieties were designed so that the separation moieties are cleaved with high efficiency by proteases at a desired location (e.g., proteases that are selectively expressed or expressed at high levels in the tumor microenvironment) but are stable and not cleaved or cleaved with low efficiency in other locations (e.g., in the periphery, for example healthy tissue or serum).
  • the protease cleavable separation moieties were designed using a process that included prioritizing proteases that would be suitable for cleaving the separation moieties based on expression in target indications, such as, expression in particular types of tumors (e.g., colon, lung, breast, melanoma). Multiple data sources for increased expression or specific expression of proteases in the target indications were used, including mRNA, proteomics and tissue staining data. The proteases were also prioritized based on their specific activity as well as intrinsic specificity, with high specific activity and high intrinsic activity preferred.
  • target indications such as, expression in particular types of tumors (e.g., colon, lung, breast, melanoma).
  • Multiple data sources for increased expression or specific expression of proteases in the target indications were used, including mRNA, proteomics and tissue staining data.
  • the proteases were also prioritized based on their specific activity as well as intrinsic specificity, with high specific activity and high intrinsic activity preferred.
  • Stability in the serum is an important design consideration, and to avoid potential off-target cleavage of the separation moieties by serum proteases, proteases that are not dependent on arginine in their substrate were selected, since many off-target enzymes are active towards arginine residues.
  • MMP9 Matrix Metaloprotease 9
  • MMP14 Matrix Metaloprotease 9
  • Cathepsin L a tumor-associated proteases
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are efficient cleavage by human tumors and minimal cleavage by normal tissues or serum.
  • This disclosure relates to separation moieties or linkers that connect a first amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a first domain of interest) to a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a second domain of interest).
  • first amino acid sequence of interest and the second amino acid sequence of interest are not found together in a naturally occurring protein.
  • the separation moiety can connect or link a first domain of interest to a second domain of interest in a fusion protein.
  • the separation moiety is an amino acid sequence that can be of any suitable length, and preferably can be cleaved by a protease.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can confer functionality, including flexibility as well as the ability to be cleaved. Flexible linkers are usually applied when joined domains requires a certain degree of movement or interaction. Cleavable linkers are introduced to release free and functional domains in vivo at a target site.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein serve to connect at least two domains of interest.
  • the separation moieties can maintain cooperative inter-domain interactions or preserving biological activity.
  • the separation moieties can join functional domains (e.g., a payload and half-life extension element) that are released from the separation moiety at a target site (e.g. a tumor microenvironment).
  • the separation moiety is cleavable by a cleaving agent, e.g., an enzyme.
  • the separation moiety comprises a protease cleavage site.
  • the separation moiety comprises one or more cleavage sites.
  • the separation moiety can comprise a single protease cleavage site.
  • the separation moiety can also comprise 2 or more protease cleavage sites. For example, 2 cleavage sites, 3 cleavage sites, 4, cleavage sites, 5 cleavage sites, or more.
  • the separation moiety comprises 2 or more protease cleavage sites
  • the cleavage sites can be cleaved by the same protease or different proteases.
  • a separation moiety comprising two or more cleavage sites is referred to as a “tandem linker.”
  • the two or more cleavage sites can be arranged in any desired orientation, including, but not limited tom one cleavage site adjacent to another cleavage site, one cleavage site overlapping another cleavage site, or one cleavage site following by another cleavage site with intervening amino acids between the two cleavage sites.
  • protease-cleavable linkers are disease specific protease-cleavable linkers. Also preferred are protease-cleavable linkers that are preferentially cleaved at a desired location in the body, such as the tumor microenvironment, relative to the peripheral circulation.
  • the rate at which the protease-cleavable linker is cleaved in the tumor microenvironment can be at least about 10 times, at least about 100 times, at least about 1000 times or at least about 10,000 times faster in the desired location in the body, e.g., the tumor microenvironment, in comparison to in the peripheral circulation (e.g., in plasma).
  • Proteases known to be associated with diseased cells or tissues include but are not limited to serine proteases, cysteine proteases, aspartate proteases, threonine proteases, glutamic acid proteases, metalloproteases, asparagine peptide lyases, serum proteases, cathepsins, Cathepsin B, Cathepsin C, Cathepsin D, Cathepsin E, Cathepsin G, Cathepsin K, Cathepsin L, kallikreins, hK1, hK10, hK15, plasmin, collagenase, Type IV collagenase, stromelysin, Factor Xa, chymotrypsin-like protease, trypsin-like protease, elastase-like protease, subtilisin-like protease, actinidain, bromelain, calpain, caspase
  • Proteases capable of cleaving linker amino acid sequences can, for example, be selected from the group consisting of a prostate specific antigen (PSA), a matrix metalloproteinase (MMP), an A Disintigrin and a Metalloproteinase (ADAM), a plasminogen activator, a cathepsin, a caspase, a tumor cell surface protease, and an elastase.
  • the MMP can, for example, be matrix metalloproteinase 2 (MMP2), matrix metalloproteinase 9 (MMP9), matrix metalloproteinase 14 (MMP14).
  • the linker can be cleaved by a cathepsin, such as, Cathepsin B, Cathepsin C, Cathepsin D, Cathepsin E, Cathepsin G, Cathepsin K and/or Cathepsin L.
  • a cathepsin such as, Cathepsin B, Cathepsin C, Cathepsin D, Cathepsin E, Cathepsin G, Cathepsin K and/or Cathepsin L.
  • the linker can be cleaved by MMP14 or Cathepsin L.
  • Granzyme B Cleaves after Asp Type of serine protease; strongly residues (asp-ase) implicated in inducing perforin-dependent target cell apoptosis
  • Granzyme A grA
  • grH Granzyme H
  • grH Unknown substrate Type of serine protease
  • specificity granzymes are also secreted by killer T cells, but not all are present in humans
  • Exemplary protease linkers include, but are not limited to kallikrein cleavable linkers, thrombin cleavable linkers, chymase cleavable linkers, carboxypeptidase A cleavable linkers, cathepsin cleavable linkers, elastase cleavable linkers, FAP cleavable linkers, ADAM cleavable linkers, PR-3 cleavable linkers, granzyme M cleavable linkers, a calpain cleavable linkers, a matrix metalloproteinase (MMP) cleavable linkers, a plasminogen activator cleavable linkers, a caspase cleavable linkers, a tryptase cleavable linkers, or a tumor cell surface protease.
  • MMP matrix metalloproteinase
  • MMP9 cleavable linkers Specifically, MMP9 cleavable linkers, ADAM cleavable linkers, CTSL1 cleavable linkers, FAP ⁇ cleavable linkers, and cathepsin cleavable linkers.
  • Some preferred protease-cleavable linkers are cleaved by a MMP and/or a cathepsin.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are typically less than 100 amino acids. Such separation moieties can be of different lengths, such as from 1 amino acid (e.g., Gly) to 30 amino acids, from 1 amino acid to 40 amino acids, from 1 amino acid to 50 amino acids, from 1 amino acid to 60 amino acids, from 1 to 70 amino acids, from 1 to 80 amino acids, from 1 to 90 amino acids, and from 1 to 100 amino acids.
  • the linker is at least about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 10, about 15, about 20, about 25, about 30, about 35, about 40, about 45, about 50, about 55, about 60, about 65, about 70, about 75, about 80, about 85, about 90, about 95, or about 100 amino acids in length.
  • Preferred linkers are typically from about 5 amino acids to about 30 amino acids.
  • the lengths of linkers vary from 2 to 30 amino acids, optimized for each condition so that the linker does not impose any constraints on the conformation or interactions of the linked domains.
  • the separation moiety comprises the sequence (SEQ ID NO: 195) GPAGLYAQ; (SEQ ID NO: 196) GPAGMKGL; (SEQ ID NO: 197) PGGPAGIG; (SEQ ID NO: 198) ALFKSSFP; (SEQ ID NO: 199) ALFFSSPP; (SEQ ID NO: 200) LAQRLRSS; (SEQ ID NO; 201) LAQKLKSS; (SEQ ID NO: 202) GALFKSSFPSGGGPAGLYAQGGSGKGGSGK; (SEQ ID NO: 203) RGSGGGPAGLYAQGSGGGPAGLYAQGGSGK; (SEQ ID NO: 204) KGGGPAGLYAQGPAGLYAQGPAGLYAQGSR; (SEQ ID NO: 205) RGGPAGLYAQGGPAGLYAQGGGPAGLYAQK; (SEQ ID NO: 206) KGGALFKSSFPGGPAGIGPLAQKLKSSGGS; (SEQ ID NO: 207) SGGPGGPAGIGALFKS
  • Certain preferred separation moieties comprises the sequence GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198).
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can comprise one or more cleavage motif or functional variants that are the same or different.
  • the separation moieties can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more cleavage motifs or functional variants.
  • Separation moieties comprising 30 amino acids can contain 2 cleavage motifs or functional variants, 3 cleavage motifs or functional variants or more.
  • a “functional variant” of a separation moiety retains the ability to be cleaved with high efficiency at a target site (e.g., a tumor microenvironment that expresses high levels of the protease) and are not cleaved or cleaved with low efficiency in the periphery (e.g., serum).
  • a target site e.g., a tumor microenvironment that expresses high levels of the protease
  • the functional variants retain at least about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 85%, about 95% or more of the cleavage efficiency of a separation moiety comprising any one of SEQ ID NOs. 195-220.
  • the separation moieties comprising more than one cleavage motif can be selected from SEQ ID NOs: 195-201 and combinations thereof.
  • Preferred separation moieties comprising more than one cleavage motif comprise the amino acids selected from SEQ ID NO: 202-220.
  • the separation moiety can comprise both ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) and GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195).
  • the separation moiety can comprise two cleavage motifs that each have the sequence GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195).
  • the separation moiety can comprise two cleavage motifs that each have the sequence ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198).
  • the separation moiety can comprise a third cleavage motif that is the same or different.
  • the separation moiety comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least 99% identical to SEQ ID NOs: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 220 over the full length of SEQ ID NO: 195-220.
  • the disclosure also relates to functional variants of separation moieties comprising SEQ ID NOs. 195-220.
  • the functional variants of separation moieties comprising SEQ ID NOs: 195-220 generally differ from SEQ ID NOs. 195-220 by one or a few amino acids (including substitutions, deletions, insertions, or any combination thereof), and substantially retain their ability to be cleaved by a protease.
  • the functional variants can contain at least one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or insertions relative to the separation moieties comprising SEQ ID NOs. 195-220.
  • the functional variant can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 amino acid alterations comparted to the separation moieties comprising SEQ ID NOs. 195-220.
  • the functional variant differs from the separation moiety comprising SEQ ID NOs. 195-220 by less than 10, less, than 8, less than 5, less than 4, less than 3, less than 2, or one amino acid alterations, e.g., amino acid substitutions or deletions.
  • the functional variant may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 amino acid substitutions compared to SEQ ID NOs. 195-220.
  • the amino acid substitution can be a conservative substitution or a non-conservative substitution, but preferably is a conservative substitution.
  • the functional variants of the separation moieties may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more non-conservative amino acid substitutions compared the separation moieties comprising SEQ ID NOs: 195-220.
  • Non-conservative amino acid substitutions could be recognized by one of skill in the art.
  • the functional variant of the separation moiety preferably contains no more than 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 amino acid deletions.
  • separation moieties comprising 8 amino acid protease substrates (e.g., SEQ ID Nos: 195-201) contain amino acid at positions P4, P3, P2, P1, P1′, P2′, P3′, P4′, wherein the sissile bond is between P1 and P1′.
  • amino acid positions for the separation moiety comprising the sequence GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) can be described as follows:
  • Amino acids positions for the separation moiety comprising the sequence ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) can be described as follows:
  • amino acids surrounding the cleavage site e.g., positions P1 and P1′ for SEQ ID NOs: 195-201 are not substituted.
  • the separation moiety comprises the sequence GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) or a functional variant of SEQ ID NO: 195 or a function variant of SEQ ID NO: 198.
  • a functional variant of PAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) can comprise one or more amino acid substitutions, and substantially retain their ability to be cleaved by a protease.
  • the functional variants of GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) is cleaved by MMP14, and the functional variant of ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) is cleaved by Capthepsin L (CTSL1).
  • the functional variants also retain their ability to be cleaved with high efficiency at a target site (e.g., a tumor microenvironment that expresses high levels of the protease).
  • the functional variants of GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) retain at least about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 85%, about 95% or more of the cleavage efficiency of a separation moiety comprising amino acid sequence GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198), respectively.
  • the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) comprise no more than 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 conservative amino acid substitutions compared to GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) or ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198).
  • the amino acids at position P1 and P1′ are not substituted.
  • the amino acids at positions P1 and P1′ in SEQ ID NO: 195 are G and L
  • the amino acids at positions P1 and P1′ in SEQ ID NO: 198 are K and S.
  • the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ can preferably comprise one or more of the following: a) an arginine amino acid substitution at position P4, b) a leucine, valine, asparagine, or proline amino acid substitution at position P3, c) a asparagine amino acid substitution at position P2, d) a histidine, asparagine, or glycine amino acid substitution at position P1, e) a asparagine, isoleucine, or leucine amino acid substitution at position P1′, f) a tyrosine or arginine amino acid substitution at position P2′, g) a glycine, arginine, or alanine amino acid substitution at position P3′, h) or a serine, glutamine, or lysine amino acid substitution at position P4′.
  • GPAGLYAQ The following amino acid substitutions are disfavored in functional variants of GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195): a) arginine or isoleucine at position P3, b) alanine at position P2, c) valine at position P1, d) arginine, glycine, asparagine, or threonine at position P1′, e) aspartic acid or glutamic acid at position P2′, f) isoleucine at position P3′, g) valine at position P4′.
  • the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ does not comprise an amino acid substitution at position P1 and/or P1′.
  • the amino acid substitution of the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ preferably comprises an amino acid substitution at position P4 and/or P4′.
  • the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) can comprises a leucine at position P4, or serine, glutamine, lysine, or phenylalanine at position P4.
  • the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 195) can comprises a glycine, phenylalanine, or a proline at position P4′.
  • amino acid substitutions at position P2 or P2′ of GPAGLYAQ are not preferred.
  • the functional variant of GPAGLYAQ comprises the amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 258-331.
  • Specific functional variants of GPAGLYAQ include GPLGLYAQ (SEQ ID NO: 295), and GPAGLKGA (SEQ ID NO: 285).
  • the functional variants of LFKSSFP preferably comprises hydrophobic amino acid substitutions.
  • the functional variant of LFKSSFP can preferably comprise one or more of the following: (a) lysine, histidine, serine, glutamine, leucine, proline, or phenylalanine at position P4; (b) lysine, histidine, glycine, proline, asparagine, phenylalanine at position P3; (c) arginine, leucine, alanine, glutamine, or histatine at position P2; (d) phenylalanine, histidine, threonine, alanine, or glutamine at position P1; (e) histidine, leucine, lysine, alanine, isoleucine, arginine, phenylalanine, asparagine, glutamic acid, or glycine at position P1′,
  • aspartic acid and/or glutamic acid are generally disfavored and avoided.
  • the following amino acid substitutions are also disfavored in functional variants of LFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198): (a) alanine, serine, or glutamic acid at position P3; (b) proline, threonine, glycine, or aspartic acid at position P2; (c) proline at position P1; (d) proline at position P1′; (e) glycine at position P2′; (f) lysine or glutamic acid at position P3′; (g) aspartic acid at position P4′.
  • the amino acid substitution of the functional variant of LFKSSFP preferably comprises an amino acid substitution at position P4 and/or P1. In some embodiments, an amino acid substitution of the functional variant of LFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) at position P4′ is not preferred.
  • the functional variant of LFKSSFP comprises the amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 332-408.
  • Specific functional variants of LFKSSFP include ALFFSSPP (SEQ ID NO: 199), ALFKSFPP (SEQ ID NO: 381), ALFKSLPP (SEQ ID NO: 382); ALFKHSPP (SEQ ID NO: 370); ALFKSIPP (SEQ ID NO: 383); ALFKSSLP (SEQ ID NO: 390); or SPFRSSRQ (SEQ ID NO: 333).
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can form a stable complex under physiological conditions with the amino acid sequences (e.g. domains) that they link, while being capable of being cleaved by a protease.
  • the separation moiety is stable (e.g., not cleaved or cleaved with low efficiency) in the circulation and cleaved with higher efficiency at a target site (i.e. a tumor microenvironment).
  • fusion polypeptides that include the linkers disclosed herein can, if desired, have a prolonged circulation half-life and/or lower biological activity in the circulation in comparison to the components of the fusion polypeptide as separate molecular entities.
  • the linkers when in the desired location (e.g., tumor microenvironment) the linkers can be efficiently cleaved to release the components that are joined together by the linker and restoring or nearly restoring the half-life and biological activity of the components as separate molecular entities.
  • the separation moiety desirably remains stable in the circulation for at least 2 hours, at least 5, hours, at least 10 hours, at least 15 hours, at least 20 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 30 hours, at least 35 hours, at least 40 hours, at least 45 hours, at least 50 hours, at least 60 hours, at least 65 hours, at least 70 hours, at least 80 hours, at least 90 hours, or longer.
  • the separation moiety is cleaved by less than 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 20%, 5%, or 1% in the circulation as compared to the target location.
  • the separation moiety is also stable in the absence of an enzyme capable of cleaving the linker. However, upon expose to a suitable enzyme (i.e., a protease), the separation moiety is cleaved resulting in separation of the linked domain.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can be used in a wide range of applications. Without limitation, they are suitable for us in fusion proteins. As further described herein, the separation moieties are particularly useful for preparing therapeutic fusion proteins in which the therapeutic of biological activity of the fusion protein is attenuated and the attenuation is removed upon cleavage of the separation moiety.
  • the separation moieties can also be used to conjugate a variety of payloads such as therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents to carriers or targeting agents (e.g., antibodies and fragments of antibodies, nanoparticles). Suitable methods for prepare such conjugates are well-known in the art, see for example, Bioconjugate Techniques, Third Ed., G. T. Hermanson (Ed.) Academic Press 2013.
  • Exemplary payloads include, but are not limited to cytokines, antibodies, cell based-therapies, antibiotics, cytotoxic drugs, or other recombinant polypeptide complexes.
  • separation moieties that are suitable for use in conjugation with payloads that target or are targeted to tumor microenvironments.
  • This disclosure relates recombinant polypeptides in which a separation moiety as disclosed herein links a first amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a first domain of interest) to a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a second domain of interest).
  • a separation moiety as disclosed herein links a first amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a first domain of interest) to a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g. a second domain of interest).
  • the first amino acid sequence of interest and the second amino acid sequence of interest are not found together in a naturally occurring protein.
  • Preferred linkers are SEQ ID NOS:195-220.
  • at least one of the first amino acid sequence of interest and the second amino acid sequence of interest is the amino acid sequence of a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • the other amino acid sequence of interest can be the amino acid sequence of a targeting polypeptide, a half-life extending polypeptide and/or a blocking polypeptide.
  • polypeptides that contain a separation moiety can be represented by Formula I: [D1]-[L1]-[D2], wherein D1 is a first amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), L1 is a separation moiety that connects or links D1 to D2; and D2 is a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., a second domain of interest).
  • D1 is a protease-cleavable separation moiety, and more preferably L1 comprises or consists of any of SEQ ID NOS: 195-220.
  • the polypeptides can also be represented by Formula II: [D1]-[L1]-[D2]-[L2]-[D3], wherein D1 is a first amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), L1 and L2 are each, independently, a linker; D2 is a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), and D3 is a third amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), wherein at least one of L1 and L2 is a protease-cleavable separation moiety, and preferably at least one of L1 and L2 comprises or consists of any of SEQ ID NOS: 195-220.
  • D1 is a first amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest)
  • L1 and L2 are each, independently, a linker
  • D2 is a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., a domain of interest)
  • D3 is a third amino acid of
  • the polypeptide can also be represented by Formula III: [D1]-[L1]-[D2]-[L2]-[D3]-[L3]-[D4], wherein D1 is a first amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), L1, L2 and L3 are each, independently, a linker; D2 is a second amino acid sequence of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), D3 is a third amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest); and wherein D4 is a fourth amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest), wherein at least one of L1, L2 and L3 is a protease-cleavable separation moiety, and preferably at least one of L1, L2 and L3 comprises or consists of any of SEQ ID NOS: 195-220.
  • D1 is a first amino acid of interest (e.g., a domain of interest)
  • L1, L2 and L3 are each, independently
  • the separation moieties as described herein can be used to attach a therapeutic drug-moiety.
  • a therapeutic drug moiety is attached to the separation moiety to make a therapeutic drug moiety complex.
  • the separate drug moiety complex can be a prodrug that is inactive until the target protease cleaves the prodrug, releasing the free drug.
  • ADCs antibody-drug conjugates
  • ADCs typically are an antibody that is linked to a cytotoxic moiety, such as a cytotoxic drug.
  • the ADCs discriminate between the healthy and diseased cells and provide targeted delivery of drug (e.g. cytotoxic drug) to diseased cells.
  • ADCs typically comprise an antibody that targets a tumor marker that is specific to tumor cells, whereupon the antibody attaches itself to the tumor cell, causing the ADC to be absorbed into the cell, which enables the cytotoxic component to be released to kill the tumor cell.
  • a key aspect of ADCs is the provision of a stable linker between the antibody component and the cytotoxic agent.
  • linkers may be cleavable or non-cleavable.
  • the antibody, linker and cytotoxic unit is incorporated into the tumor cell.
  • the nature of the linker typically determines the release profile of the cytotoxic agent.
  • cleavable linkers between the antibody and the cytotoxic agent are typically catalyzed by enzymes in the tumor cell or in the tumor microenvironment, wherein the antibody and the cytotoxic agents are cleaved to release the cytotoxic agent.
  • the separation moiety disclosed herein links or connects a drug moiety to an antibody moiety.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in peptide-drug conjugates. These compounds typically comprise a cytotoxic payload and linker; however, instead of antibodies, peptide-drug conjugates are equipped with peptides that have the ability to penetrate tumors, thus allowing the cargo to be delivered inside the tumor.
  • the separation moiety links or connects a cytotoxic payload with a peptide. The peptide-drug conjugate remains stable and has no biological activity until the target protease cleaves the separation moiety.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in constructs engineered for use in adoptive cell transfer (ACT) therapies.
  • the field of adoptive cell transfer (ACT) is currently comprised of chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) engineered T cells (and next generation therapies) that target T cells to cell surface expressed targets (e.g., tumor cells expressing surface targets), and T cell receptor (TCR) engineered T cells that can target intracellular antigens.
  • CAR chimeric antigen receptor
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • the separation moiety is used to tether a targeting moiety to a CAR construct.
  • a CAR replaces the endogenous TCR complex with a new receptor that uses a fragment of a human or mouse antibody to bind to targets outside of a cancer cell.
  • the antibody fragment is linked to various signaling proteins inside T-cell which mediate receptor activation when the CAR binds to its target.
  • the separation moiety is used to tether a targeting moiety to a TCR construct.
  • a TCR is based on the gene for the protein receptor that is already naturally present in T-cells. The gene for a desired TCR can be discovered in a single patient, e.g., a patient that is able to mount an effective immune response against a type of cancer. This gene can then be introduced into other patients by incorporating it into TCR T cell constructs or reengineered to improve the binding interaction with its MHC target.
  • engineered T cells whether autologous or allogenic, comprise engineered T cell receptor components that comprise a targeting agent such as an isolated human or humanized antibody.
  • a targeting agent such as an isolated human or humanized antibody.
  • the binding affinity of the targeting moiety may be affected by the steric, chemical, or flexibility properties of the separation moiety tethering the targeting moiety to the rest of the construct and the T cell.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use with engineered constructs for making CAR T and TCR T cells.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in antigen-binding proteins.
  • An “antigen-binding protein” (ABP) is a protein comprising one or more antigen-binding domains that specifically bind to an antigen or epitope.
  • the antigen-binding domain binds the antigen or epitope with specificity and affinity similar to that of naturally occurring antibodies.
  • the separation moieties link a polypeptide that blocks the antigen-binding site of the ABP from binding to its cognate antigen. But when the separation moiety is cleaved the blocking polypeptide can diffuse away from the ABP antigen binding site and the ABP can bind to its cognate antigen.
  • Exemplary binding polypeptides that can block the antigen binding site of an ABP include steric blocker such as human serum albumin, and peptides that interact with one or more of the complementarity determining regions (CDRs) in the antigen binding site of the ABP.
  • Such blocking peptides can be obtained by screening libraries or by screening peptide fragments of the cognate antigen of an ABP of interest.
  • the separation moiety and blocker will be bonded to the amino terminus of the antibody light chain, or the amino terminus of the antibody heavy chain, so that the blocker is tethered close to and will readily block the antigen binding site.
  • the ABP contains an alternative scaffold for the binding site.
  • the blocker-separation moiety is typically bonded to the amino terminus near the antigen binding site.
  • the ABP comprises an antibody binding site that comprises a VH and a VL, and the blocker-separation moiety is bonded to the amino terminus of the VL.
  • the ABP can be an antibody (e.g., the first and second antigen binding domains are in the form of an antibody).
  • at least one antigen binding domain of the ABP is in the form of an antibody.
  • a first or second antigen binding domain is in the form of an antibody, and a first or second antigen binding domain is in the form of an antigen-binding fragment (e.g., the first antigen binding domain is an antibody and the second antigen binding domain is an antigen-binding fragment.
  • the first antigen binding domain is an antigen binding fragment and the second antigen binding domain is an antibody).
  • the ABP consists of an antibody. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of an antibody. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABP consists of an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of an alternative scaffold. In some embodiments, the ABP comprises an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABP consists of an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, the ABP consists essentially of an antibody fragment.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with an antibody.
  • antibody is used herein in its broadest sense and includes certain types of immunoglobulin molecules comprising one or more antigen-binding domains that specifically bind to an antigen or epitope.
  • An antibody specifically includes intact antibodies (e.g., intact immunoglobulins), antibody fragments, and multi-specific antibodies.
  • An antibody is one type of ABP.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with an antigen binding protein comprising an alternative scaffold.
  • alternative scaffold refers to a molecule in which one or more regions may be diversified to produce one or more antigen-binding domains that specifically bind to an antigen or epitope.
  • the antigen-binding domain binds the antigen or epitope with specificity and affinity similar to that of an antibody.
  • Exemplary alternative scaffolds include those derived from fibronectin (e.g., AdnectinsTM), the ⁇ -sandwich (e.g., iMab), lipocalin (e.g., Anticalins®), EETI-II/AGRP, BPTI/LACI-D1/ITI-D2 (e.g., Kunitz domains), thioredoxin peptide aptamers, protein A (e.g., Affibody®), ankyrin repeats (e.g., DARPins), gamma-B-crystallin/ubiquitin (e.g., Affilins), CTLD3 (e.g., Tetranectins), Fynomers, and (LDLR-A module) (e.g., Avimers).
  • fibronectin e.g., Adnectin
  • An alternative scaffold is one type of ABP.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with an antibody fragment.
  • An “antibody fragment” comprises a portion of an intact antibody, such as the antigen-binding or variable region of an intact antibody.
  • Antibody fragments include, for example, Fv fragments, Fab fragments, F(ab′)2 fragments, Fab′ fragments, scFv (sFv) fragments, and scFv-Fc fragments.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with one or more Fv, Fab, or F(ab′)2 fragments.
  • Fv fragments comprise a non-covalently-linked dimer of one heavy chain variable domain and one light chain variable domain.
  • Fab fragments comprise, in addition to the heavy and light chain variable domains, the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. Fab fragments may be generated, for example, by recombinant methods or by papain digestion of a full-length antibody.
  • “F(ab′)2” fragments contain two Fab′ fragments joined, near the hinge region, by disulfide bonds. F(ab′)2 fragments may be generated, for example, by recombinant methods or by pepsin digestion of an intact antibody. The F(ab′) fragments can be dissociated, for example, by treatment with 1-mercaptoethanol.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with an scFv or scFv-Fc.
  • Single-chain Fv” or “sFv” or “scFv” antibody fragments comprise a VH domain and a VL domain in a single polypeptide chain.
  • the VH and VL are generally linked by a peptide linker. See Pluckthun A. (1994). Any suitable linker may be used.
  • scFv-Fc” fragments comprise an scFv attached to an Fc domain. For example, an Fc domain may be attached to the C-terminal of the scFv.
  • the Fc domain may follow the VH or VL, depending on the orientation of the variable domains in the scFv (i.e., VH-VL or VL-VH). Any suitable Fc domain known in the art or described herein may be used. In some cases, the Fc domain comprises an IgG4 Fc domain.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a single domain antibody.
  • the term “single domain antibody” refers to a molecule in which one variable domain of an antibody specifically binds to an antigen without the presence of another variable domain.
  • Single domain antibodies, and fragments thereof, are described in Arabi Ghahroudi et al., FEBS Letters, 1998, 414:521-526 and Muyldermans et al., Trends in Biochem. Sci., 2001, 26:230-245, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Single domain antibodies are also known as sdAbs or nanobodies.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a monospecific ABP.
  • a “monospecific ABP” is an ABP that comprises one or more binding sites that specifically bind to the same epitope.
  • An example of a monospecific ABP is a naturally occurring IgG molecule which, while divalent (i.e., having two antigen-binding domains), recognizes the same epitope at each of the two antigen-binding domains.
  • the binding specificity may be present in any suitable valency.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a monoclonal antibody.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies.
  • a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies comprises antibodies that are substantially similar and that bind the same epitope(s), except for variants that may normally arise during production of the monoclonal antibody. Such variants are generally present in only minor amounts.
  • a monoclonal antibody is typically obtained by a process that includes the selection of a single antibody from a plurality of antibodies.
  • the selection process can be the selection of a unique clone from a plurality of clones, such as a pool of hybridoma clones, phage clones, yeast clones, bacterial clones, or other recombinant DNA clones.
  • the selected antibody can be further altered, for example, to improve affinity for the TNFR superfamily member proteins (“affinity maturation”), to humanize the antibody, to improve its production in cell culture, and/or to reduce its immunogenicity in a subject.
  • affinity maturation affinity maturation
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a chimeric antibody.
  • chimeric antibody refers to an antibody in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the remainder of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a different source or species.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a humanized antibody.
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from the non-human antibody.
  • a humanized antibody is generally a human antibody (recipient antibody) in which residues from one or more CDRs are replaced by residues from one or more CDRs of a non-human antibody (donor antibody).
  • the donor antibody can be any suitable non-human antibody, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, or non-human primate antibody having a desired specificity, affinity, or biological effect.
  • selected framework region residues of the recipient antibody are replaced by the corresponding framework region residues from the donor antibody.
  • Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues that are not found in either the recipient antibody or the donor antibody. Such modifications may be made to further refine antibody function. For further details, see Jones et al., Nature, 1986, 321:522-525; Riechmann et al., Nature, 1988, 332:323-329; and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 1992, 2:593-596, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a human antibody.
  • a “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence corresponding to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell, or derived from a non-human source that utilizes a human antibody repertoire or human antibody-encoding sequences (e.g., obtained from human sources or designed de novo). Human antibodies specifically exclude humanized antibodies.
  • the ABPs provided herein specifically bind to the extracellular domain of a TNFR Superfamily Protein.
  • the TNFR superfamily protein is CD27, CD137, CD40, GITR, LT-betaR, CD30, HVEM, TNFR1, TNFR2, or OX-40.
  • the TNFR superfamily protein may be expressed on the surface of any suitable target cell.
  • the target cell is a T cell.
  • the target cell is an effector T cell.
  • the target cell is a regulatory T cell.
  • the target cell is a natural killer (NK) cell.
  • the target cell is a natural killer T (NKT) cell.
  • the target cell is a B cell. In some embodiments, the target cell is a myeloid derived cell. In some embodiments, the target cell is a myeloid derived suppressor cell. In some embodiments, the target cell is a dendritic cell.
  • an ABP provided herein is an antibody. In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein is an antibody fragment. In some embodiments, an ABP provided herein is an alternative scaffold.
  • the ABPs provided herein comprise an immunoglobulin molecule. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist of an immunoglobulin molecule. In some embodiments, the ABPs provided herein consist essentially of an immunoglobulin molecule. In some aspects, the immunoglobulin molecule comprises an antibody. In some aspects, the immunoglobulin molecule consists of an antibody. In some aspects, the immunoglobulin molecule consists essentially of an antibody.
  • the ABPs provided herein comprise alight chain.
  • the light chain is a kappa light chain.
  • the light chain is a lambda light chain.
  • the ABPs provided herein comprise a heavy chain.
  • the heavy chain is an IgA.
  • the heavy chain is an IgD.
  • the heavy chain is an IgE.
  • the heavy chain is an IgG.
  • the heavy chain is an IgM.
  • the heavy chain is an IgG1.
  • the heavy chain is an IgG2.
  • the heavy chain is an IgG3.
  • the heavy chain is an IgG4.
  • the heavy chain is an IgA1. In some aspects, the heavy chain is an IgA2.
  • the separation moieties connect to a further blocking moiety.
  • the separation moieties are positioned such that movement of the antigen-binding protein subunits is restricted.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein are suitable for use in conjunction with a multi-specific antigen binding protein (ABP).
  • Multispecific ABP's provided herein bind more than one antigen.
  • a multispecific antibody can bind 2 antigens, 3 antigens, binds 4 antigens, 5 antigens, or more.
  • the multispecific ABP can bind 2 or more different epitopes.
  • the two or more different epitopes may be epitopes on the same antigen (e.g., a single TNFR superfamily protein molecule expressed by a cell) or on different antigens (e.g., different TNFR superfamily member protein molecules expressed by the same cell, or a TNFR superfamily member protein molecule and a non-TNFR Superfamily member protein molecule).
  • a multi-specific ABP binds two different epitopes (i.e., a “bispecific ABP”).
  • a multi-specific ABP binds three different epitopes (i.e., a “trispecific ABP”).
  • a multi-specific ABP binds four different epitopes (i.e., a “quadspecific ABP”). In some aspects, a multi-specific ABP binds five different epitopes (i.e., a “quintspecific ABP”). In some aspects, a multi-specific ABP binds 6, 7, 8, or more different epitopes. Each binding specificity may be present in any suitable valency.
  • the antigen binding protein comprises a blocking domain.
  • the separation moiety disclosed herein links the blocking domain to a first antigen binding domain and consequently the blocking domain inhibits (a) binding affinity or avidity of the antigen binding protein on the epitope and/or (b) agonist or antagonist activity of the antigen binding protein on the epitope.
  • the separation moiety comprises a cleavage site.
  • a disease-specific enzyme i.e., a protease
  • the antigen binding protein comprises an additional separation moiety that links or connects an additional blocking domain to an antigen binding domain.
  • the additional separation moiety comprises a cleavage site.
  • the antigen binding protein comprises an additional blocking domain (e.g., a second, third, or fourth blocking domain) that is/are operably linked to an antigen binding domain (e.g., the second, third, or fourth antigen binding domain) by a cleavable separation moiety as disclosed herein.
  • the blocking domain can be a steric blocker or a specific blocker.
  • the steric blocker is independently selected from the group consisting of a fragment of the extracellular portion of the antibody binding protein, serum albumin, a fragment of serum albumin, and an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that binds serum albumin.
  • the specific blocker is independently selected from a fragment of an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds to the first, second, third or fourth antigen binding domain of the antigen binding protein described herein.
  • the blocking domain is serum albumin or a fragment thereof, or an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that binds serum albumin.
  • the antigen binding domain may further comprise a third antigen binding domain and a fourth antigen binding domain each with binding specificity for a target antigen.
  • TNFR superfamily target antigens are well known in the art and are encompassed by this disclosure. Exemplary TNFR superfamily members include, but are not limited to CD27, CD30, CD137 (4-1BB), TNFR1 (CD120a), TNFR2 (CD120b), CD40, CD95 (Fas/Apo-1), HVEM, LT-betaR, GITR, nerve growth factor receptor or OX-40 (CD34). Preferred TNFR superfamily target antigens are CD27, CD137, and OX40.
  • the antigen binding domains with specificity for an antigen can have binding specificity for the same epitope or for a different epitope on the same antigen.
  • the first, second and third antigen binding domains can have binding specificity for the same epitope, for a different epitope, two of the antigen binding domains may binding specificity for the same epitope, or three of the antigen binding domains may have binding specificity for the same epitope.
  • the antigen binding protein may further comprise a fifth antigen binding domain with specificity for a tumor antigen.
  • the antigen binding polypeptide comprises an Fc region.
  • two antigen binding domains can be located on each end of the Fc region.
  • Another format comprises two antibody arms attached to the N terminus of the Fc region, each arm comprising 2 antigen binding domains.
  • the antigen binding domain can also comprise a half-life extension domain.
  • the half-life extension domain can be albumin, an antigen binding domain that recruits albumin, or an immunoglobulin Fc, or a fragment thereof.
  • the half-life extension domain is operably linked to the antigen binding polypeptide by a cleavable linker.
  • the disclosure also relates to an antigen binding protein comprising at least a first polypeptide and a second polypeptide.
  • the first polypeptide comprises at least a portion of an antibody heavy chain constant region and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the second polypeptide comprises at least a portion of an antibody light chain constant region and an antibody light chain variable region (VL).
  • At least one of the first and second polypeptide further comprises a blocking domain that is operably linked to the VH or VL through a protease cleavable linker.
  • the first polypeptide associates with the second polypeptide, and VH and VL form an antigen binding site with binding specificity for a target antigen (e.g., 4-1BB or CS27).
  • a target antigen e.g., 4-1BB or CS27
  • the blocking domain inhibits binding of the antigen binding site to the target antigen (e.g., 4-1BB or CD27).
  • the first polypeptide further comprises a second VH, and the first polypeptide associates with two of said second polypeptides to form two VH/VL antigen binding sites that each have specificity for human 4-1BB.
  • the antigen binding protein is a dimer of the first polypeptide with the associated second polypeptides.
  • the antigen binding protein can further comprise a third, fourth, fifth, or a sixth polypeptide.
  • the ABP is monospecific multivalent ABP.
  • Such formats can have a variety of structures and be prepared using suitable antibody engineering techniques. For example, a dual Fab antibody that contains a heavy chain with the structure VH-CH1-noncleavable liner-VH-CH1-CH2-CH3 can be prepare. Such a heavy chain can be expressed and can pair with two light chains. The heavy chain can dimerize through conventional interchain disulfide bonds to form an antibody format that contains 4 Fab antigen binding sites.
  • the separation moieties described herein can be bonded to the amino terminus of the light chain polypeptides to link a blocker to each of the Fab antigen binding sites.
  • Suitable monospecific, multivalent ABP formats can be readily envisioned by those of skill in the art.
  • a heavy chain is prepared that has the structure VH-CH1-CH2-CH3-VH-CH1. Two such heavy chains and dimerize and associate with four light chains to form a monospecific tetravalent ABP format.
  • the separation moieties described herein can be bonded to the amino terminus of the light chain polypeptides to link a blocker to each of the Fab antigen binding sites.
  • binding activity of such monospecific tetravalent ABPs is masked by the blocking domain, and the mask is removed upon cleavage of the separation domain (e.g., in a tumor microenvironment) and the ABP is able to bind its cognate antigen.
  • the monospecific multivalent ABP formats can have binding specificity for any desired antigen.
  • the monospecific multivalent ABP formats specifically bind to the extracellular domain of a TNFR Superfamily Protein, such as CD27, CD30, CD137 (4-1BB), TNFR1 (CD120a), TNFR2 (CD120b), CD40, CD95 (Fas/Apo-1), HVEM, LT-betaR, GITR, nerve growth factor receptor or OX-40 (CD34).
  • a TNFR Superfamily Protein such as CD27, CD30, CD137 (4-1BB), TNFR1 (CD120a), TNFR2 (CD120b), CD40, CD95 (Fas/Apo-1), HVEM, LT-betaR, GITR, nerve growth factor receptor or OX-40 (CD34).
  • the multivalent antigen binding protein can comprise a first antigen binding site with specificity for a target antigen (e.g., CD27 or TNFR1), second antigen binding site with specificity for the target antigen, a blocking polypeptide, at least one protease cleavable linker, and an optional half-life extension element.
  • a first blocking polypeptide is operably linked to the first antigen binding site by a protease cleavable linker and, optionally, a second blocking polypeptide is operably linked to the second antigen binding site by a protease cleavable linker.
  • the blocking polypeptide is operably linked to the second antigen binding site by a protease cleavable linker.
  • the blocking polypeptide inhibits (a) binding affinity or avidity of the antigen binding protein on the target antigen and/or (b) agonist or antagonist activity of the antigen binding protein on the target antigen and upon cleavage of the protease cleavable linker (a) the binding affinity or avidity of the antigen binding protein on the target antigen and/or (b) agonist activity of the antigen binding protein on the target antigen is increased.
  • the optional half-life extension element can be operably linked to the first antigen binding site and/or second antigen binding site through a optionally protease cleavable linker.
  • the first and second binding sites can have specificity for the same epitope or different epitopes.
  • the antigen binding protein further comprises a third antigen binding site with specificity for the same target antigen.
  • the antigen binding protein can further comprise a fourth antigen binding site with specificity for the same target antigen as the first and second and third antigen binding sites.
  • the third and fourth antigen binding sites can each further comprise a blocking polypeptide that is operable linked to the antigen-binding sight through a protease cleavable linker.
  • This disclosure also relates to a tetravalent antigen binding protein that can comprise a first polypeptide that comprises at least a portion of an antibody heavy chain constant region and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH) and a second polypeptide that comprises at least a portion of an antibody light chain constant region, an antibody light chain variable region (VL).
  • the first polypeptide associates with the second polypeptide and the VH and VL form an antigen binding site with binding specificity for a target antigen.
  • the tetravalent antigen binding protein further comprises a blocking polypeptide that is operably linked to the VH or VL through a protease cleavable linker. The blocking polypeptide inhibits binding of the antigen binding site to the target antigen.
  • the first polypeptide can further comprise a second VH. The first polypeptide associates with two of the second polypeptides to form two VH/VL antigen binding site that each have specificity for the target antigen.
  • the tetravalent antigen binding protein can further comprise a third polypeptide, a fourth polypeptide, a fifth polypeptide, a sixth polypeptide, a seventh polypeptide, and an eight polypeptide.
  • the third polypeptide can comprise at least a portion of an antibody heavy chain constant region and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the fourth polypeptide can comprise at least a portion of an antibody light chain constant region, an antibody light chain variable region (VL).
  • the firth polypeptide can comprise at least portion of an antibody heavy chain constant region and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the sixth polypeptide can comprise at least a portion of an antibody light chain constant region, an antibody light chain variable region (VL).
  • the seventh polypeptide can comprise at least portion of an antibody heavy chain constant region and an antibody heavy chain variable region (VH).
  • the eighth polypeptide can comprise at least a portion of an antibody light chain constant region, an antibody light chain variable region (VL).
  • At least one of the third and fourth polypeptide further comprises a blocking polypeptide that is operably linked to the VH or VL through a protease cleavable linker.
  • the third polypeptide associates with the fourth polypeptide and VH and VL form an antigen binding site with binding specificity for a target antigen, and the blocking domain inhibits binding of the antigen binding site to the target antigen.
  • the fifth and sixth polypeptide further comprises a blocking polypeptide that is operably linked to the VH or VL through a protease cleavable linker.
  • the fifth polypeptide associates with the sixth polypeptide and VH and VL form an antigen binding site with binding specificity for a target antigen, and the blocking domain inhibits binding of the antigen binding site to the target antigen.
  • the seventh and eighth polypeptide further comprises a blocking polypeptide that is operably linked to the VH or VL through a protease cleavable linker.
  • the seventh polypeptide associates with the eighth polypeptide and VH and VL form an antigen binding site with binding specificity for a target antigen, and the blocking domain inhibits binding of the antigen binding site to the target antigen.
  • Cytokines are potent immune agonists, which lead to them being considered promising therapeutic agents for oncology.
  • cytokines have a very narrow therapeutic window.
  • Cytokines have short serum half-lives and are also considered to be highly potent. Consequently, therapeutic administration of cytokines produces undesirable systemic effects and toxicities. These were exacerbated by the need to administer large quantities of cytokine in order to achieve the desired levels of cytokine at the intended site of cytokine action (e.g., a tumor).
  • cytokines due to the biology of cytokines and inability to effectively target and control their activity, cytokines have not achieved the hoped-for clinical advantages in the treatment of tumors.
  • the fusion proteins contain cytokine polypeptides that have receptor agonist activity. But in the context of the fusion protein, the cytokine receptor agonist activity is attenuated, and the circulating half-life is extended.
  • the fusion proteins include protease cleave sites, which are cleaved by proteases that are associated with a desired site of cytokine activity (e.g., a tumor), and are typically enriched or selectively present at the site of desired activity.
  • the fusion proteins are preferentially (or selectively) and efficiently cleaved at the desired site of activity to limit cytokine activity substantially to the desired site of activity, such as the tumor microenvironment.
  • Protease cleavage at the desired site of activity such as in a tumor microenvironment, releases a form of the cytokine from the fusion protein that is much more active as a cytokine receptor agonist than the fusion protein (typically at least about 100 ⁇ more active than the fusion protein).
  • the form of the cytokine that is released upon cleavage of the fusion protein typically has a short half-life, which is often substantially similar to the half-life of the naturally occurring cytokine, further restricting cytokine activity to the tumor microenvironment.
  • the fusion proteins described herein enable the administration of an effective therapeutic dose of a cytokine to treat tumors with the activity of the cytokine substantially limited to the tumor microenvironment, and dramatically reduces or eliminates unwanted systemic effects and toxicity of the cytokine.
  • cytokines In general, the therapeutic use of cytokines is strongly limited by their systemic toxicity. TNF, for example, was originally discovered for its capacity of inducing the hemorrhagic necrosis of some tumors, and for its in vitro cytotoxic effect on different tumoral lines, but it subsequently proved to have strong pro-inflammatory activity, which can, in case of overproduction conditions, dangerously affect the human body.
  • systemic toxicity is a fundamental problem with the use of pharmacologically active amounts of cytokines in humans, novel derivatives and therapeutic strategies are now under evaluation, aimed at reducing the toxic effects of this class of biological effectors while keeping their therapeutic efficacy.
  • IL-2 exerts both stimulatory and regulatory functions in the immune system and is, along with other members of the common ⁇ chain ( ⁇ c) cytokine family, central to immune homeostasis.
  • IL-2 mediates its action by binding to IL-2 receptors (IL-2R), consisting of either trimeric receptors made of IL-2R ⁇ (CD25), IL-2R ⁇ (CD122), and IL-2R ⁇ ( ⁇ c, CD132) chains or dimeric ⁇ IL-2Rs (1, 3). Both IL-2R variants are able to transmit signal upon IL-2 binding.
  • IL-2R IL-2 receptors
  • Trimeric ⁇ IL-2Rs have a roughly 10-100 times higher affinity for IL-2 than dimeric ⁇ IL-2Rs (3), implicating that CD25 confers high-affinity binding of IL-2 to its receptor but is not crucial for signal transduction.
  • Trimeric IL-2Rs are found on activated T cells and CD4+ forkhead box P3 (FoxP3)+ T regulatory cells (Treg), which are sensitive to IL-2 in vitro and in vivo.
  • antigen-experienced (memory) CD8+, CD44 high memory-phenotype (MP) CD8+, and natural killer (NK) cells are endowed with high levels of dimeric ⁇ IL-2Rs, and these cells also respond vigorously to IL-2 in vitro and in vivo.
  • IL-2R ⁇ expression is absent on naive and memory T cells but is induced after antigen activation.
  • IL-2R ⁇ is constitutively expressed by NK, NKT, and memory CD8+ T cells but is also induced on naive T cells after antigen activation.
  • ⁇ c is much less stringently regulated and is constitutively expressed by all lymphoid cells.
  • IL-2R signaling upregulates the expression of IL-2Ra in part through Stat5-dependent regulation of Il2ra transcription (Kim et al., 2001). This process represents a mechanism to maintain expression of the high-affinity IL-2R and sustain IL-2 signaling while there remains a source of IL-2.
  • IL-2 is captured by IL-2R ⁇ through a large hydrophobic binding surface surrounded by a polar periphery that results in a relatively weak interaction (Kd 10-8 M) with rapid on-off binding kinetics.
  • Kd 10-8 M relatively weak interaction
  • the IL-2R ⁇ -IL-2 binary complex leads to a very small conformational change in IL-2 that promotes association with IL-2R ⁇ through a distinct polar interaction between IL-2 and IL-2R ⁇ .
  • the pseudo-high affinity of the IL2/ ⁇ / ⁇ trimeric complex i.e. Kd ⁇ 300 pM
  • the IL2/ ⁇ / ⁇ trimer then recruits the ⁇ chain into the quaternary complex capable of signaling, which is facilitated by the large composite binding site on the IL2-bound ⁇ chain for the ⁇ chain.
  • the ternary IL-2R ⁇ -IL-2R ⁇ -IL-2 complex then recruits ⁇ c through a weak interaction with IL-2 and a stronger interaction with IL-2R ⁇ to produce a stable quaternary high-affinity IL-2R (Kd 10-11 M which is 10 pM).
  • Kd 10-11 M which is 10 pM.
  • the formation of the high-affinity quaternary IL-2-IL-2R complex leads to signal transduction through the tyrosine kinases Jak1 and Jak3, which are associated with IL-2R ⁇ and ⁇ c, respectively (Nelson and Willerford, 1998).
  • IL-2-IL-2R complex The quaternary IL-2-IL-2R complex is rapidly internalized, where IL-2, IL-2R ⁇ , and ⁇ c are rapidly degraded, but IL-2R ⁇ is recycled to the cell surface (Hémar et al., 1995; Yu and Malek, 2001).
  • those functional activities that require sustained IL-2R signaling require a continued source of IL-2 to engage IL-2R ⁇ and form additional IL-2-IL-2R signaling complexes.
  • Interleukin-15 (IL-15), another member of the 4-alpha-helix bundle family of cytokines, has also emerged as an immunomodulator for the treatment of cancer.
  • IL-15 is initially captured via IL-15R ⁇ , which is expressed on antigen-presenting dendritic cells, monocytes and macrophages.
  • IL-15 exhibits broad activity and induces the differentiation and proliferation of T, B and natural killer (NK) cells via signaling through the IL-15/IL-2-R- ⁇ (CD122) and the common ⁇ chain (CD132). It also enhances cytolytic activity of CD8 + T cells and induces long-lasting antigen-experienced CD8 + CD44 memory T cells.
  • IL-15 stimulates differentiation and immunoglobulin synthesis by B cells and induces maturation of dendritic cells. It does not stimulate immunosuppressive T regulatory cells (Tregs). Thus, boosting IL-15 activity selectively in the tumor micro-environment could enhance innate and specific immunity and fight tumors (Waldmann et al., 2012).
  • IL-15 was initially identified for its ability to stimulate T cell proliferation in an IL-2-like manner through common receptor components (IL-2R/15R ⁇ - ⁇ c) and signaling through JAK1/JAK3 and STAT3/STAT5.
  • IL-15 has been shown to stimulate proliferation of activated CD4 ⁇ CD8 ⁇ , CD4+CD8+, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells as well as facilitate the induction of cytotoxic T-lymphocytes, and the generation, proliferation and activation of NK cells (Waldmann et al., 1999).
  • IL-2 which is required to maintain forkhead box P3 (FOXP3)-expressing CD4+CD25+ Treg cells and for the retention of these cells in the periphery
  • IL-15 has little effect on Tregs (Berger et al., 2009). This is important as FOXP3-expressing CD4+CD25+ Tregs inhibit effector T cells, thereby inhibiting immune responses including those directed against the tumor.
  • IL-2 also has a crucial role in initiating activation induced cell death (AICD), a process that leads to the elimination of self-reactive T cells, whereas IL-15 is an anti-apoptotic factor for T cells (Marks-Konczalik et al., 2000).
  • IL-15 co-delivered with HIV peptide vaccines has been shown to overcome CD4+ T cell deficiency by promoting longevity of antigen-specific CD8+ T cells and blocking TRAIL-mediated apoptosis (Oh et al., 2008).
  • IL-15 promotes the long-term maintenance of CD8+CD44hi memory T cells (Kanegane et al., 1996).
  • IL-15 and IL-15R ⁇ are further highlighted by the phenotype of IL-15R ⁇ ⁇ / ⁇ and IL-15 ⁇ / ⁇ mice.
  • Knockout mice demonstrate decreased numbers of total CD8+ T cells, and are deficient in memory-phenotype CD8+ T cells, NK cells, NK/T cells and some subsets of intestinal intraepithelial lymphocytes, indicating that IL-15 provides essential positive homeostatic functions for these subsets of cells (Lodolce et al., 1996; Kennedy et al., 1998).
  • the similarities in the phenotypes of these two strains of knockout mice suggest the importance of IL-15R ⁇ in maintaining physiologically relevant IL-15 signals.
  • IL-15 is presented in trans by the IL-15 receptor alpha-chain to the IL-15R ⁇ c complex displayed on the surface of T cells and natural killer (NK) cells (Han et al., 2011).
  • the IL-15Ra-chain plays a role of chaperone protein, stabilizes, and increases IL-15 activity (Desbois et al., 2016).
  • exogenous IL-15 may have a limited impact on patients with cancer due to its dependency on IL-15Ra frequently downregulated in cancer patients. Therefore, the fusion protein RLI, composed of the sushi+ domain of IL15Ra coupled via a linker to IL-15, has been suggested as an alternative approach to IL15 therapy (Bessard et al., 2009). It was found that administration of soluble IL-15/IL-15R ⁇ complexes greatly enhanced IL-15 serum half-life and bioavailability in vivo (Stoklasek et al., 2010).
  • IL-15 In addition to the effects on T and NK cells, IL-15 also has several effects on other components of the immune system. IL-15 protects neutrophils from apoptosis, modulates phagocytosis and stimulates the secretion of IL-8 and IL-1R antagonist. It functions through the activation of JAK2, p38 and ERK1/2 MAPK, Syk kinase and the NF-kB transcriptional factor (Pelletier et al., 2002). In mast cells, IL-15 can act as a growth factor and an inhibitor of apoptosis. In these cells IL-15 activates the JAK2/STAT5 pathway without the requirement of ⁇ c binding (Tagaya et al., 1996).
  • IL-15 also induces B lymphocyte proliferation and differentiation, and increases immunoglobulin secretion (Armitage et al., 1995). It also prevents Fas-mediated apoptosis and allows induction of antibody responses partially independent of CD4-help (Demerci et al., 2004; Steel et al., 2010). Monocytes, macrophages and dendritic cells effectively transcribe and translate IL-15. They also respond to IL-15 stimulation. Macrophages respond by increasing phagocytosis, inducing IL-8, IL-12 and MCP-1 expression, and secreting IL-6, IL-8 and TNF ⁇ (Budagian et al., 2006).
  • Dendritic cells incubated with IL-15 demonstrate maturation with increased CD83, CD86, CD40, and MHC class II expression, are also resistant to apoptosis, and show enhanced interferon- ⁇ secretion (Anguille et al., 2009).
  • IL-15 has also been shown to have effects on non-hematological cells including myocytes, adipocytes, endothelial and neural cells.
  • IL-15 has an anabolic effect on muscle and may support muscle cell differentiation (Quinn et al., 1995). It stimulates myocytes and muscle fibers to accumulate contractile protein and is able to slow muscle wasting in rats with cancer-related cachexia (Figueras et al., 2004).
  • IL-15 has also been shown to stimulate angiogenesis (Angiolillo et al., 1997) and induce microglial growth and survival (Hanisch et al., 1997).
  • Interleukin-7 also of the IL-2/IL-15 family, is a well-characterized pleiotropic cytokine, and is expressed by stromal cells, epithelial cells, endothelial cells, fibroblasts, smooth muscle cells and keratinocytes, and following activation, by dendritic cells (Alpdogan et al., 2005). Although it was originally described as a growth and differentiation factor for precursor B lymphocytes, subsequent studies have shown that IL-7 is critically involved in T-lymphocyte development and differentiation.
  • Interleukin-7 signaling is essential for optimal CD8 T-cell function, homeostasis and establishment of memory (Schluns et al., 2000); it is required for the survival of most T-cell subsets, and its expression has been proposed to be important for regulating T-cell numbers.
  • IL-7 binds to a dimeric receptor, including IL-7R ⁇ and ⁇ c to form a ternary complex that plays fundamental roles in extracellular matrix remodeling, development, and homeostasis of T and B cells (Mazzucchelli and Durum, 2007).
  • IL-7R ⁇ also cross-reacts to form a ternary complex with thymic stromal lymphopoietin (TSLP) and its receptor (TSLPR), and activates the TSLP pathway, resulting in T and dendritic cell proliferation in humans and further B cell development in mice (Leonard, 2002). Tight regulation of the signaling cascades activated by the complexes are therefore crucial to normal cellular function.
  • IL-7 has a potential role in enhancing immune reconstitution in cancer patients following cytotoxic chemotherapy.
  • IL-7 therapy enhances immune reconstitution and can augment even limited thymic function by facilitating peripheral expansion of even small numbers of recent thymic emigrants. Therefore, IL-7 therapy could potentially repair the immune system of patients who have been depleted by cytotoxic chemotherapy (Capitini et al., 2010).
  • Interleukin-12 is a disulfide-linked heterodimer of two separately encoded subunits (p35 and p40), which are linked covalently to give rise to the so-called bioactive heterodimeric (p70) molecule (Lieschke et al., 1997; Jana et al., 2014).
  • the p40 subunit is also secreted as a monomer (p40) and a homodimer (p40 2 ). It is known in the art that synthesis of the heterodimer as a single chain with a linker connecting the p35 to the p40 subunit preserves the full biological activity of the heterodimer.
  • IL-12 plays a critical role in the early inflammatory response to infection and in the generation of Th1 cells, which favor cell-mediated immunity. It has been found that overproduction of IL-12 can be dangerous to the host because it is involved in the pathogenesis of a number of autoimmune inflammatory diseases (e.g. MS, arthritis, type 1 diabetes).
  • autoimmune inflammatory diseases e.g. MS, arthritis, type 1 diabetes.
  • the IL-12 receptor is a heterodimeric complex consisting of IL-12R ⁇ 1 and IL-12R ⁇ 2 chains expressed on the surface of activated T-cells and natural killer cells (Trinchieri et al., 2003).
  • the IL-12R ⁇ 1 chain binds to the IL-12p40 subunit, whereas IL-12p35 in association with IL-12R ⁇ 2 confers an intracellular signaling ability (Benson et al., 2011).
  • IL-12R Signal transduction through IL-12R induces phosphorylation of Janus kinase (Jak2) and tyrosine kinase (Tyk2), that phosphorylate and activate signal transducer and activator of transcription (STAT)1, STAT3, STAT4, and STAT5.
  • the specific cellular effects of IL-12 are due mainly to activation of STAT4.
  • IL-12 induces natural killer and T-cells to produce cytokines, in particular interferon (IFN) ⁇ , that mediate many of the proinflammatory activities of IL-12, including CD4+ T-cell differentiation toward the Th1 phenotype (Montepaone et al., 2014).
  • IFN interferon
  • Treg cells actively suppress activation of the immune system and prevent pathological self-reactivity and consequent autoimmune disease. Developing drugs and methods to selectively activate regulatory T cells for the treatment of autoimmune disease is the subject of intense research and, until the development of the present invention, which can selectively deliver active interleukins at the site of inflammation, has been largely unsuccessful.
  • Treg are a class of CD4+CD25+ T cells that suppress the activity of other immune cells. Treg are central to immune system homeostasis and play a major role in maintaining tolerance to self-antigens and in modulating the immune response to foreign antigens.
  • TD Type 1 Diabetes
  • SLE Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
  • GVHD Graft-versus-Host Disease
  • Treg cells that boost the numbers and/or function of Treg cells.
  • One treatment approach for autoimmune diseases being investigated is the transplantation of autologous, ex vivo-expanded Treg cells (Tang, Q., et al, 2013, Cold Spring Harb. Perspect. Med., 3:1-15). While this approach has shown promise in treating animal models of disease and in several early stage human clinical trials, it requires personalized treatment with the patient's own T cells, is invasive, and is technically complex.
  • Another approach is treatment with low dose Interleukin-2 (IL-2).
  • IL-2 Interleukin-2
  • Treg cells characteristically express high constitutive levels of the high affinity IL-2 receptor, IL2R ⁇ , which is composed of the subunits IL2R ⁇ (CD25), IL2R ⁇ (CD122), and IL2R ⁇ (CD132), and Treg cell growth has been shown to be dependent on IL-2 (Malek, T. R., et al., 2010, Immunity, 33:153-65).
  • IL2R ⁇ which is composed of the subunits IL2R ⁇ (CD25), IL2R ⁇ (CD122), and IL2R ⁇ (CD132)
  • IL-2 recombinant IL-2
  • Proleukin® recombinant IL-2
  • High-dose IL-2 is used for the treatment of patients with metastatic melanoma and metastatic renal cell carcinoma with a long-term impact on overall survival.
  • Aldesleukin (marketed as Proleukin® by Prometheus Laboratories, San Diego, Calif.), the recombinant form of IL-2 used in these trials, is associated with high toxicity. Aldesleukin is approved for the treatment of metastatic melanoma and metastatic renal cancer, but its side effects are so severe that its use is only recommended in a hospital setting with access to intensive care (Web address: www.proleukin.com/assets/pdf/proleukin.pdf).
  • IL-2 receptors are expressed on a variety of different immune cell types, including T cells, NK cells, eosinophils, and monocytes, and this broad expression pattern likely contributes to its pleiotropic effect on the immune system and high systemic toxicity.
  • activated T effector cells express IL2R ⁇ , as do pulmonary epithelial cells. But, activating T effector cells runs directly counter to the goal of down-modulating and controlling an immune response, and activating pulmonary epithelial cells leads to known dose-limiting side effects of IL-2 including pulmonary edema.
  • VLS vascular leak syndrome
  • VLS is believed to be caused by the release of proinflammatory cytokines from IL-2-activated NK cells.
  • pulmonary edema results from direct binding of IL-2 to lung endothelial cells, which expressed low to intermediate levels of functional ⁇ IL-2Rs.
  • the pulmonary edema associated with interaction of IL-2 with lung endothelial cells was abrogated by blocking binding to CD25 with an anti-CD25 monoclonal antibody (mAb), in CD25-deficient host mice, or by the use of CD122-specific IL-2/anti-IL-2 mAb (IL-2/mAb) complexes, thus preventing VLS.
  • mAb monoclonal antibody
  • IL-15 displays immune cell stimulatory activity similar to that of IL-2 but without the same inhibitory effects, thus making it a promising immunotherapeutic candidate.
  • Clinical trials of recombinant human IL-15 for the treatment of metastatic malignant melanoma or renal cell cancer demonstrated appreciable changes in immune cell distribution, proliferation, and activation and suggested potential antitumor activity (Conlon et. al., 2014).
  • IL-15 is currently in clinical trials to treat various forms of cancer.
  • IL-15 therapy is known to be associated with undesired and toxic effects, such as exacerbating certain leukemias, graft-versus-host disease, hypotension, thrombocytopenia, and liver injury.
  • IL-7 promotes lymphocyte development in the thymus and maintains survival of naive and memory T cell homeostasis in the periphery. Moreover, it is important for the organogenesis of lymph nodes (LN) and for the maintenance of activated T cells recruited into the secondary lymphoid organs (SLOs) (Gao et. al., 2015). In clinical trials of IL-7, patients receiving IL-7 showed increases in both CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, with no significant increase in regulatory T cell numbers as monitored by FoxP3 expression (Sportes et al., 2008).
  • IL-12 is a pleiotropic cytokine, the actions of which create an interconnection between the innate and adaptive immunity.
  • IL-12 was first described as a factor secreted from PMA-induced EBV-transformed B-cell lines. Based on its actions, IL-12 has been designated as cytotoxic lymphocyte maturation factor and natural killer cell stimulatory factor. Due to bridging the innate and adaptive immunity and potently stimulating the production of IFN ⁇ , a cytokine coordinating natural mechanisms of anticancer defense, IL-12 seemed ideal candidate for tumor immunotherapy in humans.
  • compositions and methods comprising IL-2 and IL-15 and other cytokines, functional fragments and muteins of cytokines as well as conditionally active cytokines designed to address these risks and provide needed immunomodulatory therapeutics.
  • the present invention is designed to address the shortcomings of direct IL-2 therapy and therapy using other cytokines, for example using cytokine blocking moieties, e.g. steric blocking polypeptides, serum half-life extending polypeptides, targeting polypeptides, linking polypeptides, including protease cleavable linkers, and combinations thereof.
  • cytokine blocking moieties e.g. steric blocking polypeptides, serum half-life extending polypeptides, targeting polypeptides, linking polypeptides, including protease cleavable linkers, and combinations thereof.
  • Cytokines including interleukins (e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21 IL-23), interferons (IFNs, including IFN ⁇ , IFN ⁇ and IFN ⁇ ), tumor necrosis factors (e.g., TNF ⁇ , lymphotoxin), transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF ⁇ 1, TGF ⁇ 2, TGF ⁇ 3), chemokines (C-X-C motif chemokine 10 (CXCL10), CCL19, CCL20, CCL21), and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CS) are highly potent when administered to patients.
  • interleukins e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21 IL-23
  • IFNs interferons
  • tumor necrosis factors e.g., TNF ⁇ , lymphotoxin
  • chemokine means a family of small cytokines with the ability to induce directed chemotaxis in nearby responsive cells Cytokines can provide powerful therapy but are accompanied by undesired effects that are difficult to control clinically and which have limited the clinical use of cytokines.
  • This disclosure relates to new forms of cytokines that can be used in patients with reduced or eliminated undesired effects.
  • pharmaceutical compositions including chimeric polypeptides (fusion proteins), nucleic acids encoding fusion proteins and pharmaceutical formulations of the foregoing that contain cytokines or active fragments or muteins of cytokines that have decreased cytokine receptor activating activity in comparison to the corresponding cytokine.
  • the chimeric polypeptides activate their cognate receptors, often with the same or higher potency as the corresponding naturally occurring cytokine.
  • this is typically achieved using a cytokine blocking moiety that blocks or inhibits the receptor activating function of the cytokine, active fragment or mutein thereof under general conditions but not under selected conditions, such as those present at the desired site of cytokine activity (e.g., an inflammatory site or a tumor).
  • the chimeric polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the chimeric polypeptides can be made using any suitable method.
  • nucleic acids encoding a chimeric polypeptide can be made using recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic chemistry or combinations of these techniques, and expressed in a suitable expression system, such as in CHO cells.
  • Chimeric polypeptides can similarly be made, for example by expression of a suitable nucleic acid, using synthetic or semi-synthetic chemical techniques, and the like.
  • the blocking moiety can be attached to the cytokine polypeptide via sortase-mediated conjugation.
  • Sortases are transpeptidases that modify proteins by recognizing and cleaving a carboxyl-terminal sorting signal embedded in or terminally attached to a target protein or peptide.
  • Sortase A catalyzes the cleavage of the LPXTG motif (where X is any standard amino acid) (SEQ ID NO: 237) between the Thr and Gly residue on the target protein, with transient attachment of the Thr residue to the active site Cys residue on the enzyme, forming an enzyme-thioacyl intermediate.
  • a biomolecule with an N-terminal nucleophilic group typically an oligoglycine motif, attacks the intermediate, displacing Sortase A and joining the two molecules.
  • the cytokine polypeptide is first tagged at the N-terminus with a polyglycine sequence, or alternatively, with at the C-terminus with a LPXTG (SEQ ID NO: 237) motif.
  • the blocking moiety or other element has respective peptides attached that serve as acceptor sites for the tagged polypeptides.
  • the polypeptide will be tagged with an N-terminal poly-glycine stretch.
  • the polypeptide For conjugation to domain carrying a poly-glycine peptide attached via its C-terminus, the polypeptide will be tagged at its C-terminus with a LPXTG (SEQ ID NO: 237) sortase recognition sequence. Recognizing poly-glycine and LPXTG (SEQ ID NO: 237) sequences, sortase will form a peptide bond between polymer-peptide and tagged polypeptides. The sortase reaction cleaves off glycine residues as intermediates and occurs at room temperature.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can include a cytokine moiety and a blocking moiety, e.g. a steric blocking moiety, with a protease cleavable linker comprising a protease cleavage site located between the cytokine and cytokine blocking moiety or within the cytokine blocking moiety.
  • a blocking moiety e.g. a steric blocking moiety
  • a protease cleavable linker comprising a protease cleavage site located between the cytokine and cytokine blocking moiety or within the cytokine blocking moiety.
  • the linker can comprise glycine-glycine, a sortase-recognition motif, or a sortase-recognition motif and a peptide sequence (Gly 4 Ser) n (SEQ ID NO: 238) or (Gly 3 Ser) n (SEQ ID NO: 239), wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • the sortase-recognition motif comprises a peptide sequence LPXTG (SEQ ID NO: 237), where X is any amino acid.
  • the covalent linkage is between a reactive lysine residue attached to the C-terminal of the cytokine polypeptide and a reactive aspartic acid attached to the N-terminal of the blocker or other domain. In other embodiments, the covalent linkage is between a reactive aspartic acid residue attached to the N-terminal of the cytokine polypeptide and a reactive lysine residue attached to the C-terminal of the blocker or another domain.
  • the cytokine blocking moieties used can be steric blockers.
  • a “steric blocker” refers to a polypeptide or polypeptide moiety that can be covalently bonded to a cytokine polypeptide directly or indirectly through other moieties such as linkers, for example in the form of a chimeric polypeptide (fusion protein), but otherwise does not covalently bond to the cytokine polypeptide.
  • a steric blocker can non-covalently bond to the cytokine polypeptide, for example though electrostatic, hydrophobic, ionic or hydrogen bonding.
  • a steric blocker typically inhibits or blocks the activity of the cytokine moiety due to its proximity to the cytokine moiety and comparative size.
  • the steric inhibition of the cytokine moiety can be removed by spatially separating the cytokine moiety from the steric blocker, such as by enzymatically cleaving a fusion protein that contains a steric blocker and a cytokine polypeptide at a site between the steric blocker and the cytokine polypeptide.
  • the blocking function can be combined with or due to the presence of additional functional components in the pharmaceutical composition, such as a targeting domain, a serum half-life extension element, and protease-cleavable linking polypeptides.
  • a serum half-life extending polypeptide can also be a steric blocker.
  • cytokine IL-2 as an exemplary cytokine.
  • the invention and this disclosure are not limited to IL-2.
  • this disclosure including the disclosed methods, polypeptides and nucleic acids, adequately describes and enables the use of other cytokines, fragments and muteins, such as IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21 IL-23, IFN ⁇ , IFN ⁇ , IFN ⁇ , TNF ⁇ , lymphotoxin, TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF ⁇ 2, TGF ⁇ 3, GM-CSF, CXCL10, CCL19, CCL20, CCL21 and functional fragments or muteins of any of the foregoing.
  • Various elements ensure the delivery and activity of IL-2 preferentially at the site of desired IL-2 activity and to severely limit systemic exposure to the interleukin via a blocking and/or a targeting strategy preferentially linked to a serum half-life extension strategy.
  • a blocking and/or a targeting strategy preferentially linked to a serum half-life extension strategy.
  • the blocked version of interleukin circulates for extended times (preferentially 1-2 or more weeks) but the activated version has the typical serum half-life of the interleukin.
  • IL-2 has a very short plasma half-life of 85 minutes for intravenous administration and 3.3 hours subcutaneous administration (Kirchner, G. I., et al., 1998, Br J Clin Pharmacol. 46:5-10).
  • the half-life extension element is linked to the interleukin via a linker which is cleaved at the site of action (e.g. by inflammation-specific proteases) releasing the interleukin's full activity at the desired site and also separating it from the half-life extension of the uncleaved version.
  • the fully active and free interleukin would have very different pharmacokinetic (pK) properties—a half-life of hours instead of weeks.
  • exposure to active cytokine is limited to the site of desired cytokine activity (e.g., an inflammatory site or tumor) and systemic exposure to active cytokine, and associated toxicity and side effects, are reduced.
  • cytokines envisioned in this invention have similar pharmacology (e.g. IL-15 as reported by Blood 2011 117:4787-4795; doi: doi.org/10.1182/blood-2010-10-311456) as IL-2 and accordingly, the designs of this invention address the shortcomings of using these agents directly, and provide chimeric polypeptides that can have extended half-life and/or be targeted to a site of desired activity (e.g., a site of inflammation or a tumor).
  • a site of desired activity e.g., a site of inflammation or a tumor.
  • IL-2 can be engineered to bind the IL-2R complex generally or one of the three IL-2R subunits specifically with an affinity that differs from that of the corresponding wild-type IL-2, for example to selectively activate Tregs or Teff (Effector T Cell).
  • IL-2 polypeptides that are said to have higher affinity for the trimeric form of the IL-2 receptor relative to the dimeric beta/gamma form of the I1-2 receptor in comparison to wild type IL-2 can have an amino acid sequence that includes one of the following sets of mutations with respect to SEQ ID NO: 1 (a mature IL-2 protein comprising amino acids 21-153 of human IL-2 having the UniProt Accession No.
  • P60568-1) (a) K64R, V69A, and Q74P; (b) V69A, Q74P, and T101A; (c) V69A, Q74P, and I128T; (d) N30D, V69A, Q74P, and F103S; (e) K49E, V69A, A73V, and K76E; (f) V69A, Q74P, T101A, and T133N; (g) N30S, V69A, Q74P, and I128A; (h) V69A, Q74P, N88D, and S99P; (i) N30S, V69A, Q74P, and I128T; (j) K9T, Q11R, K35R, V69A, and Q74P; (k) A1T, M46L, K49R, E61D, V69A, and H79R; (l) K48E, E68D, N71T, N90H, F103S, and I
  • muteins of other cytokines including interleukins (e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-23), interferons (IFNs, including IFNalpha, IFNbeta and IFNgamma), tumor necrosis factors (e.g., TNFalpha, lymphotoxin), transforming growth factors (e.g., TGFbeta1, TGFbeta2, TGFbeta3) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CS).
  • interleukins e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-23
  • IFNs interferons
  • tumor necrosis factors e.g., TNFalpha, lymphotoxin
  • transforming growth factors e.g., TGFbeta1, TGFbeta2, TGFbeta3
  • GM-CS granulocyte macrophage-
  • any of the mutant IL-2 polypeptides disclosed herein can include the sequences described; they can also be limited to the sequences described and otherwise identical to SEQ ID NO:1. Moreover, any of the mutant IL-2 polypeptides disclosed herein can optionally include a substitution of the cysteine residue at position 125 with another residue (e.g., serine) and/or can optionally include a deletion of the alanine residue at position 1 of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • IL-2 IL-2 stimulation of human T cell proliferation in vitro required a minimum of 5-6 hours exposure to effective concentrations of IL-2 (Cantrell, D. A., et. al., 1984, Science, 224: 1312-1316).
  • IL-2 has a very short plasma half-life of 85 minutes for intravenous administration and 3.3 hours subcutaneous administration (Kirchner, G. I., et al., 1998, Br J Clin Pharmacol. 46:5-10).
  • IL-2 peak levels can activate IL2R ⁇ receptors and have other unintended or adverse effects, for example VLS as noted above.
  • An IL-2 analog, or a multifunctional protein with IL-2 attached to a domain that enables binding to the FcRn receptor, with a longer circulating half-life than IL-2 can achieve a target drug concentration for a specified period of time at a lower dose than IL-2, and with lower peak levels.
  • IL-2 analog will therefore require either lower doses or less frequent administration than IL-2 to effectively stimulate Treg cells. Less frequent subcutaneous administration of an IL-2 drug will also be more tolerable for patients. A therapeutic with these characteristics will translate clinically into improved pharmacological efficacy, reduced toxicity, and improved patient compliance with therapy.
  • IL-2 or muteins of IL-2 can be selectively targeted to the intended site of action (e.g. sites of inflammation). This targeting can be achieved by one of several strategies, including the addition of domains to the administered agent that comprise blockers of the IL-2 (or muteins) that are cleaved away or by targeting domains or a combination of the two.
  • IL-2* partial agonists can be tailored to bind with higher or lower affinity depending on the desired target; for example, an IL-2* can be engineered to bind with enhanced affinity to one of the receptor subunits and not the others.
  • These types of partial agonists unlike full agonists or complete antagonists, offer the ability to tune the signaling properties to an amplitude that elicits desired functional properties while not meeting thresholds for undesired properties.
  • a repertoire of IL-2 variants could be engineered to exhibit an even finer degree of distinctive signaling activities, ranging from almost full to partial agonism to complete antagonism.
  • the IL-2* has altered affinity for IL-2R ⁇ . In some embodiments, the IL-2* has a higher affinity for IL-2R ⁇ than wild-type IL-2. In other embodiments, the IL-2* has altered affinity for IL-2R ⁇ . In one embodiment, IL-2* has enhanced binding affinity for IL-2R ⁇ , e.g., the N-terminus of IL-2R ⁇ , that eliminates the functional requirement for IL-2R ⁇ . In another embodiment, an IL-2* is generated that has increased binding affinity for IL-2R ⁇ but that exhibited decreased binding to IL-2R ⁇ , and thereby is defective IL-2R ⁇ heterodimerization and signaling.
  • Blocking moieties can also be used to favor binding to or activation of one or more receptors.
  • blocking moieties are added such that IL-2R ⁇ binding or activation is blocked but IL-2R ⁇ binding or activation is not changed.
  • blocking moieties are added such that IL-2R ⁇ binding or activation is diminished.
  • blocking moieties are added such that binding to and or activation of all three receptors is inhibited. This blocking may be relievable by removal of the blocking moieties in a particular environment, for example by proteolytic cleavage of a linker linking one or more blocking moieties to the cytokine.
  • the pharmacokinetics and/or pharmacodynamics of the cytokine can be tailored to maximally activate effector cells (e.g., effect T cells, NK cells) and/or cytotoxic immune response promoting cells (e.g., induce dendritic cell maturation) at a site of desired activity, such as in a tumor, but preferably not systemically.
  • effector cells e.g., effect T cells, NK cells
  • cytotoxic immune response promoting cells e.g., induce dendritic cell maturation
  • compositions comprising at least one cytokine polypeptide, such as interleukins (e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21, IL-23), interferons (IFNs, including IFN ⁇ , IFN ⁇ and IFN ⁇ ), tumor necrosis factors (e.g., TNF ⁇ , lymphotoxin), transforming growth factors (e.g., TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF ⁇ 2, TGF ⁇ 3), chemokines (e.g. CXCL10, CCL19, CCL20, CCL21) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CS) or a functional fragment or mutein of any of the foregoing.
  • interleukins e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21, IL-23
  • IFNs interferons
  • tumor necrosis factors e.g., TNF ⁇ , lymphot
  • the polypeptide typically also includes at least one linker amino acid sequence, wherein the amino acid sequence is in certain embodiments capable of being cleaved by an endogenous protease.
  • the linker comprises an amino acid sequence comprising HSSKLQ (SEQ ID NO: 25), GPLGVRG (SEQ ID NO: 221), IPVSLRSG (SEQ ID NO: 222), VPLSLYSG (SEQ ID NO: 223), or SGESPAYYTA (SEQ ID NO: 224).
  • the chimeric polypeptide further contains a blocking moiety, e.g. a steric blocking polypeptide moiety, capable of blocking the activity of the interleukin polypeptide.
  • the blocking moiety for example, can comprise a human serum albumin (HSA) binding domain or an optionally branched or multi-armed polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a first cytokine polypeptide or a fragment thereof, and blocking moiety, e.g. a steric blocking polypeptide moiety, wherein the blocking moiety blocks the activity of the cytokine polypeptide on the cytokine receptor, and wherein the blocking moiety in certain embodiments comprises a protease cleavable domain.
  • blockade and reduction of cytokine activity is achieved simply by attaching additional domains with very short linkers to the N or C terminus of the interleukin domain.
  • the blockade is relieved by protease digestion of the blocking moiety or of the short linker that tethers the blocker to the interleukin. Once the domain is clipped or is released, it will no longer be able to achieve blockade of cytokine activity.
  • the pharmaceutical composition e.g., chimeric polypeptide can comprise two or more cytokines, which can be the same cytokine polypeptide or different cytokine polypeptides.
  • the two or more different types of cytokines have complementary functions.
  • a first cytokine is IL-2 and a second cytokine is IL-12.
  • each of the two or more different types of cytokine polypeptides have activities that modulate the activity of the other cytokine polypeptides.
  • a first cytokine polypeptide is T-cell activating, and a second cytokine polypeptide is non-T-cell-activating.
  • a first cytokine is a chemoattractant, e.g., CXCL10, and a second cytokine is an immune cell activator.
  • the cytokine polypeptides (including functional fragments) that are included in the fusion proteins disclosed herein are not mutated or engineered to alter the properties of the naturally occurring cytokine, including receptor binding affinity and specificity or serum half-life.
  • changes in amino acid sequence from naturally occurring (including wild type) cytokine are acceptable to facilitate cloning and to achieve desired expression levels, for example.
  • the blocking moiety can be any moiety that inhibits the ability of the cytokine to bind and/or activate its receptor.
  • the blocking moiety can inhibit the ability of the cytokine to bind and/or activate its receptor sterically blocking and/or by noncovalently binding to the cytokine.
  • suitable blocking moieties include the full length or a cytokine-binding fragment or mutein of the cognate receptor of the cytokine.
  • Antibodies and fragments thereof including, a polyclonal antibody, a recombinant antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody a single chain variable fragment (scFv), single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain of camelid-type nanobody (VHH), a sdAb and the like that bind the cytokine can also be used.
  • scFv single chain variable fragment
  • VH heavy chain variable domain
  • VL light chain variable domain
  • VHH camelid-type nanobody
  • Suitable antigen-binding domain that bind the cytokine can also be used, include non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocalin and CTLA4 scaffolds.
  • suitable blocking polypeptides include polypeptides that sterically inhibit or block binding of the cytokine to its cognate receptor.
  • such moieties can also function as half-life extending elements.
  • a peptide that is modified by conjugation to a water-soluble polymer, such as PEG can sterically inhibit or prevent binding of the cytokine to its receptor.
  • Polypeptides, or fragments thereof, that have long serum half-lives can also be used, such as serum albumin (human serum albumin), immunoglobulin Fc, transferring and the like, as well as fragments and muteins of such polypeptides.
  • antigen-binding polypeptides include a single chain variable fragment (scFv), single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain of camelid-type nanobody (VHH), a sdAb and the like.
  • antigen-binding domain that bind the cytokine can also be used, include non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocalin and CTLA4 scaffolds.
  • non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocal
  • the blocking moiety when IL-2 is the cytokine in the chimeric polypeptide, can be the full length or fragment or mutein of the alpha chain of IL-2 receptor (IL-2R ⁇ ) or beta (IL-2R ⁇ ) or gamma chain of IL-2 receptor (IL-2R ⁇ ), an anti-IL-2 single-domain antibody (sdAb) or scFv, an anti-CD25 antibody or fragment thereof, and anti-HSA sdAb or scFv, and the like.
  • IL-2R ⁇ alpha chain of IL-2 receptor
  • beta IL-2R ⁇
  • IL-2R ⁇ gamma chain of IL-2 receptor
  • sdAb anti-IL-2 single-domain antibody
  • scFv an anti-CD25 antibody or fragment thereof
  • anti-HSA sdAb or scFv and the like.
  • the chimeric polypeptides comprise an in vivo half-life extension element.
  • a “half-life extension element” is a part of the chimeric polypeptide that increases the in vivo half-life and improve pK, for example, by altering its size (e.g., to be above the kidney filtration cutoff), shape, hydrodynamic radius, charge, or parameters of absorption, biodistribution, metabolism, and elimination.
  • An exemplary way to improve the pK of a polypeptide is by expression of an element in the polypeptide chain that binds to receptors that are recycled to the plasma membrane of cells rather than degraded in the lysosomes, such as the FcRn receptor on endothelial cells and transferrin receptor.
  • an element in the polypeptide chain that binds to receptors that are recycled to the plasma membrane of cells rather than degraded in the lysosomes, such as the FcRn receptor on endothelial cells and transferrin receptor.
  • Three types of proteins, e.g., human IgGs, HSA (or fragments), and transferrin persist for much longer in human serum than would be predicted just by their size, which is a function of their ability to bind to receptors that are recycled rather than degraded in the lysosome.
  • These proteins, or fragments of them that retain the FcRn binding are routinely linked to other polypeptides to extend their serum half-life.
  • the half-life extension element is a human serum albumin (HSA) binding domain.
  • HSA serum albumin (SEQ ID NO:2) may also be directly bound to the pharmaceutical compositions or bound via a short linker. Fragments of HSA may also be used. HSA and fragments thereof can function as both a blocking moiety and a half-life extension element. Human IgGs can also carry out a similar function.
  • the serum half-life extension element can also be antigen-binding polypeptide that binds to a protein with a long serum half-life such as serum albumin, transferrin and the like.
  • polypeptides include antibodies and fragments thereof including, a polyclonal antibody, a recombinant antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody a single chain variable fragment (scFv), single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain of camelid-type nanobody (VHH), a sdAb and the like.
  • antigen-binding domain include non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocalin and CTLA4 scaffolds.
  • non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocalin and CTLA4 scaffolds.
  • antigen-binding polypeptides include a ligand for a desired receptor, a ligand-binding portion of a receptor, a lectin, and peptides that binds to or associates with one or more target antigens.
  • Some preferred serum half-life extension elements are polypeptides that comprise complementarity determining regions (CDRs), and optionally non-CDR loops.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • serum half-life extension elements can extend the serum half-life of the cytokine, and also function as inhibitors of the cytokine (e.g., via steric blocking, non-covalent interaction or combination thereof) and/or as targeting domains.
  • the serum half-life extension elements are domains derived from an immunoglobulin molecule (Ig molecule) or engineered protein scaffolds that mimic antibody structure and/or binding activity.
  • the Ig may be of any class or subclass (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM etc.).
  • a polypeptide chain of an Ig molecule folds into a series of parallel beta strands linked by loops.
  • three of the loops constitute the “complementarity determining regions” (CDRs) which determine the antigen binding specificity of the molecule.
  • An IgG molecule comprises at least two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds, or an antigen binding fragment thereof.
  • Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VH) and a heavy chain constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VL) and a light chain constant region.
  • the light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL.
  • CL The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDRs) with are hypervariable in sequence and/or involved in antigen recognition and/or usually form structurally defined loops, interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • FR framework regions
  • Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • variable domains of an immunoglobulin molecule has several beta strands that are arranged in two sheets.
  • the variable domains of both light and heavy immunoglobulin chains contain three hypervariable loops, or complementarity-determining regions (CDRs). e three CDRs of a V domain (CDR1, CDR2, CDR3) cluster at one end of the beta barrel.
  • the CDRs are the loops that connect beta strands B-C, C′-C′′, and F-G of the immunoglobulin fold, whereas the bottom loops that connect beta strands AB, CC′, C′′-D and E-F of the immunoglobulin fold, and the top loop that connects the D-E strands of the immunoglobulin fold are the non-CDR loops.
  • at least some amino acid residues of a constant domain, CH1, CH2, or CH3 are part of the “non-CDR loop” of the binding moieties described herein.
  • Non-CDR loops comprise, in some embodiments, one or more of AB, CD, EF, and DE loops of a C1-set domain of an Ig or an Ig-like molecule; AB, CC′, EF, FG, BC, and EC′ loops of a C2-set domain of an Ig or an Ig-like molecule; DE, BD, GF, A(A1A2)B, and EF loops of I(Intermediate)-set domain of an Ig or Ig-like molecule.
  • the CDRs are believed to be responsible for antigen recognition and binding, while the FR residues are considered a scaffold for the CDRs.
  • some of the FR residues play an important role in antigen recognition and binding.
  • Framework region residues that affect Ag binding are divided into two categories. The first are FR residues that contact the antigen, thus are part of the binding-site, and some of these residues are close in sequence to the CDRs. Other residues are those that are far from the CDRs in sequence but are in close proximity to it in the 3-D structure of the molecule, e.g., a loop in heavy chain.
  • the binding moieties are any kinds of polypeptides.
  • the binding moieties are natural peptides, synthetic peptides, or fibronectin scaffolds, or engineered bulk serum proteins.
  • the bulk serum protein comprises, for example, albumin, fibrinogen, or a globulin.
  • the binding moieties are engineered scaffolds.
  • Engineered scaffolds comprise, for example, a sdAb, a scFv, a Fab, a VHH, a fibronectin type III domain, immunoglobulin-like scaffold (as suggested in Halaby et al., 1999. Prot Eng 12(7):563-571), DARPin, cysteine knot peptide, lipocalin, three-helix bundle scaffold, protein G-related albumin-binding module, or a DNA or RNA aptamer scaffold.
  • the serum half-life extending element comprises a binding site for a bulk serum protein.
  • the CDRs provide the binding site for the bulk serum protein.
  • the bulk serum protein is, in some examples, a globulin, albumin, transferrin, IgG1, IgG2, IgG4, IgG3, IgA monomer, Factor XIII, Fibrinogen, IgE, or pentameric IgM.
  • the CDR form a binding site for an immunoglobulin light chain, such as an Ig ⁇ free light chain or an Ig ⁇ free light chain.
  • the serum half-life extension element can be any type of binding domain, including but not limited to, domains from a monoclonal antibody, a polyclonal antibody, a recombinant antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody.
  • the binding moiety is a single chain variable fragment (scFv), single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain (VHH) of camelid derived nanobody.
  • the binding moieties are non-Ig binding domains, i.e., antibody mimetic, such as anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, and monobodies.
  • antibody mimetic such as anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, and monobodies.
  • the serum half-life extension element can be a water-soluble polymer or a peptide that is conjugated to a water-soluble polymer, such as PEG.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PEG poly(ethylene glycol)
  • PEG also means a polymer that contains a majority, that is to say, greater than 50%, of —OCH 2 CH 2 — repeating subunits.
  • the PEG can take any number of a variety of molecular weights, as well as structures or geometries such as “branched,” “linear,” “forked,” “multifunctional,” and the like, to be described in greater detail below.
  • the PEG is not limited to a particular structure and can be linear (e.g., an end capped, e.g., alkoxy PEG or a bifunctional PEG), branched or multi-armed (e.g., forked PEG or PEG attached to a polyol core), a dendritic (or star) architecture, each with or without one or more degradable linkages.
  • the internal structure of the PEG can be organized in any number of different repeat patterns and can be selected from the group consisting of homopolymer, alternating copolymer, random copolymer, block copolymer, alternating tripolymer, random tripolymer, and block tripolymer.
  • PEGs can be conjugated to polypeptide and peptides through any suitable method.
  • a reactive PEG derivative such as N-hydroxysuccinimidyl ester PEG
  • a peptide or polypeptide that includes amino acids with a side chain that contains an amine, sulfhydryl, carboxylic acid or hydroxyl functional group, such as cysteine, lysine, asparagine, glutamine, threonine, tyrosine, serine, aspartic acid, and glutamic acid.
  • the construct may be desirable to maximize the amount of time the construct is present in its desired location in the body.
  • This can be achieved by including one further domain in the chimeric polypeptide (fusion protein) to influence its movements within the body.
  • the chimeric nucleic acids can encode a domain that directs the polypeptide to a location in the body, e.g., tumor cells or a site of inflammation; this domain is termed a “targeting domain” and/or encode a domain that retains the polypeptide in a location in the body, e.g., tumor cells or a site of inflammation; this domain is termed a “retention domain”.
  • a domain can function as both a targeting and a retention domain.
  • the targeting domain and/or retention domain are specific to a protease-rich environment.
  • the encoded targeting domain and/or retention domain are specific for regulatory T cells (Tregs), for example targeting the CCR4 or CD39 receptors.
  • Tregs regulatory T cells
  • Other suitable targeting and/or retention domains comprise those that have a cognate ligand that is overexpressed in inflamed tissues, e.g., the IL-1 receptor, or the IL-6 receptor.
  • the suitable targeting and/or retention domains comprise those who have a cognate ligand that is overexpressed in tumor tissue, e.g., Epcam, CEA or mesothelin.
  • the targeting domain is linked to the interleukin via a linker which is cleaved at the site of action (e.g. by inflammation or cancer specific proteases) releasing the interleukin full activity at the desired site.
  • the targeting and/or retention domain is linked to the interleukin via a linker which is not cleaved at the site of action (e.g. by inflammation or cancer specific proteases), causing the cytokine to remain at the desired site.
  • Antigens of choice are expressed on the surface of a diseased cell or tissue, for example a tumor or a cancer cell.
  • Antigens useful for tumor targeting and retention include but are not limited to EpCAM, EGFR, HER-2, HER-3, c-Met, FoIR, and CEA.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein also include proteins comprising two targeting and/or retention domains that bind to two different target antigens known to be expressed on a diseased cell or tissue. Exemplary pairs of antigen binding domains include but are not limited to EGFR/CEA, EpCAM/CEA, and HER-2/HER-3.
  • Suitable targeting and/or retention domains include antigen-binding domains, such as antibodies and fragments thereof including, a polyclonal antibody, a recombinant antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody a single chain variable fragment (scFv), single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain of camelid-type nanobody (VHH), a sdAb and the like.
  • antigen-binding domains such as antibodies and fragments thereof including, a polyclonal antibody, a recombinant antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody a single chain variable fragment (scFv), single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain of camelid-type nanobody (VHH), a sdAb and the like.
  • antigen-binding domain include non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocalin and CTLA4 scaffolds.
  • non-immunoglobulin proteins that mimic antibody binding and/or structure such as, anticalins, affilins, affibody molecules, affimers, affitins, alphabodies, avimers, DARPins, fynomers, kunitz domain peptides, monobodies, and binding domains based on other engineered scaffolds such as SpA, GroEL, fibronectin, lipocalin and CTLA4 scaffolds.
  • antigen-binding polypeptides include a ligand for a desired receptor, a ligand-binding portion of a receptor, a lectin, and peptides that binds to or associates with one or more target antigens.
  • the targeting and/or retention domains specifically bind to a cell surface molecule. In some embodiments, the targeting and/or retention domains specifically bind to a tumor antigen. In some embodiments, the targeting polypeptides specifically and independently bind to a tumor antigen selected from at least one of EpCAM, EGFR, HER-2, HER-3, cMet, CEA, and FoIR. In some embodiments, the targeting polypeptides specifically and independently bind to two different antigens, wherein at least one of the antigens is a tumor antigen selected from EpCAM, EGFR, HER-2, HER-3, cMet, CEA, and FoIR.
  • the targeting and/or retention antigen can be a tumor antigen expressed on a tumor cell.
  • Tumor antigens are well known in the art and include, for example, EpCAM, EGFR, HER-2, HER-3, c-Met, FolR, PSMA, CD38, BCMA, and CEA.
  • the targeting and/or retention antigen can be an immune checkpoint protein.
  • immune checkpoint proteins include but are not limited to CD27, CD137, 2B4, TIGIT, CD155, ICOS, HVEM, CD40L, LIGHT, TIM-1, OX40, DNAM-1, PD-L1, PD1, PD-L2, CTLA-4, CD8, CD40, CEACAM1, CD48, CD70, A2AR, CD39, CD73, B7-H3, B7-H4, BTLA, IDO1, IDO2, TDO, KIR, LAG-3, TIM-3, or VISTA.
  • the targeting and/or retention antigen can be a cell surface molecule such as a protein, lipid or polysaccharide.
  • a targeting and/or retention antigen is a on a tumor cell, virally infected cell, bacterially infected cell, damaged red blood cell, arterial plaque cell, inflamed or fibrotic tissue cell.
  • the targeting and/or retention antigen can comprise an immune response modulator.
  • immune response modulator examples include but are not limited to granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), interleukin 2 (IL-2), interleukin 3 (IL-3), interleukin 12 (IL-12), interleukin 15 (IL-15), B7-1 (CD80), B7-2 (CD86), GITRL, CD3, or GITR.
  • GM-CSF granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • M-CSF macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony stimulating factor
  • interleukin 2 IL-2
  • IL-3 interleukin 3
  • IL-12 interleukin 12
  • IL-15 interleukin 15
  • B7-1 CD80
  • B7-2 CD86
  • GITRL GITRL
  • the targeting and/or retention antigen can be a cytokine receptor.
  • cytokine receptors include but are not limited to Type I cytokine receptors, such as GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, Type I IL receptors, Epo receptor, LIF receptor, CNTF receptor, TPO receptor; Type II Cytokine receptors, such as IFN-alpha receptor (IFNAR1, IFNAR2), IFB-beta receptor, IFN-gamma receptor (IFNGR1, IFNGR2), Type II IL receptors; chemokine receptors, such as CC chemokine receptors, CXC chemokine receptors, CX3C chemokine receptors, XC chemokine receptors; tumor necrosis receptor superfamily receptors, such as TNFRSF5/CD40, TNFRSF8/CD30, TNFRSF7/CD27, TNFRSF1A/TNFR1/CD120a, TNFRSF1B/TNFR2/CD120b
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprise one or more linker sequences.
  • a linker sequence serves to provide flexibility between polypeptides, such that, for example, the blocking moiety is capable of inhibiting the activity of the cytokine polypeptide.
  • the linker sequence can be located between any or all of the cytokine polypeptide, the serum half-life extension element, and/or the blocking moiety.
  • at least one of the linkers is protease cleavable, and contains a (one or more) cleavage site for a (one or more) desired protease.
  • the desired protease is enriched or selectively expressed at the desired site of cytokine activity (e.g., the tumor microenvironment).
  • the fusion protein is preferentially or selectively cleaved at the site of desired cytokine activity.
  • a blocking moiety can be located C-terminally or N-terminally to a cytokine polypeptide.
  • compositions comprising polypeptide sequences.
  • polypeptide sequences As with all peptides, polypeptides, and proteins, including fragments thereof, it is understood that additional modifications in the amino acid sequence of the chimeric polypeptides (amino acid sequence variants) can occur that do not alter the nature or function of the peptides, polypeptides, or proteins. Such modifications include conservative amino acid substitutions and are discussed in greater detail below.
  • compositions provided herein have a desired function.
  • the compositions are comprised of at least a cytokine polypeptide, such as IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21, or IFN ⁇ , or a chemokine, such as CXCL10, CCL19, CCL20, CCL21, a blocking moiety, e.g. a steric blocking polypeptide, and an optional serum half-life extension element, and an optional targeting polypeptide, with one or more linkers connecting each polypeptide in the composition.
  • the first polypeptide e.g., an IL-2 mutein, is provided to be an active agent.
  • the blocking moiety is provided to block the activity of the interleukin.
  • the linker polypeptide e.g., a protease cleavable polypeptide
  • the blocking moiety blocks the activity of the first polypeptide by binding the interleukin polypeptide.
  • the blocking moiety e.g. a steric blocking peptide
  • the linker comprises glycine-glycine, a sortase-recognition motif, or a sortase-recognition motif and a peptide sequence (Gly 4 Ser) n (SEQ ID NO: 238) or (Gly 3 Ser) n (SEQ ID NO: 239), wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • the sortase-recognition motif comprises a peptide sequence LPXTG, where X is any amino acid (SEQ ID NO: 237).
  • the covalent linkage is between a reactive lysine residue attached to the C-terminal of the cytokine polypeptide and a reactive aspartic acid attached to the N-terminal of the blocking or other moiety. In one embodiment, the covalent linkage is between a reactive aspartic acid residue attached to the N-terminal of the cytokine polypeptide and a reactive lysine residue attached to the C-terminal of the blocking or other moiety.
  • the activity of the cytokine polypeptide the context of the fusion protein is attenuated, and protease cleavage at the desired site of activity, such as in a tumor microenvironment, releases a form of the cytokine from the fusion protein that is much more active as a cytokine receptor agonist than the fusion protein.
  • the cytokine-receptor activating (agonist) activity of the fusion polypeptide can be at least about 10 ⁇ , at least about 50 ⁇ , at least about 100 ⁇ , at least about 250 ⁇ , at least about 500 ⁇ , or at least about 1000 ⁇ less than the cytokine receptor activating activity of the cytokine polypeptide as a separate molecular entity.
  • the cytokine polypeptide that is part of the fusion protein exists as a separate molecular entity when it contains an amino acid that is substantially identical to the cytokine polypeptide and does not substantially include additional amino acids and is not associated (by covalent or non-covalent bonds) with other molecules. If necessary, a cytokine polypeptide as a separate molecular entity may include some additional amino acid sequences, such as a tag or short sequence to aid in expression and/or purification.
  • the cytokine-receptor activating (agonist) activity of the fusion polypeptide is at least about 10 ⁇ , at least about 50 ⁇ , at least about 100 ⁇ , at least about 250 ⁇ , at least about 500 ⁇ , or about 1000 ⁇ less than the cytokine receptor activating activity of the polypeptide that contains the cytokine polypeptide that is produced by cleavage of the protease cleavable linker in the fusion protein.
  • the cytokine receptor activating (agonist) activity of the polypeptide that contains the cytokine polypeptide that is produced by cleavage of the protease cleavable linker in the fusion protein is at least about 10 ⁇ , at least about 50 ⁇ , at least about 100 ⁇ , at least about 250 ⁇ , at least about 500 ⁇ , or at least about 1000 ⁇ greater than the cytokine receptor activating activity of the fusion protein.
  • a recombinant polypeptide is in conjugation with a cleavable moiety wherein the cleavable moiety is cleaved with reduced catalytic efficiency by one or more proteases than a reference polypeptide sequence.
  • the cleavable moiety is resistant to proteolytic cleavage by one or more proteases.
  • a cleavable moiety is resistant to a protease if the sequence comprises a binding site that is altered from the canonical cleavable motif sequence for the specific protease.
  • a binding site is altered compared to a reference sequence by making one or more substitutions in the protease cleavage motif sequence.
  • the protease cathepsin S cleaves the sequence GAVVRGA (SEQ ID NO: 240); a sequence is made to substitution can be made to substitute the arginine (R) with a glutamine (Q), thus changing a charged residue to a shorter, polar residue, reducing the ability of cathepsin S to bind and cleave the sequence.
  • GAVVRGA SEQ ID NO: 240
  • Q glutamine
  • Such semi-conservative amino acid substitutions in protease target sequence motifs can lead to reduced binding ability, and such altered sequence motifs are therefore protease resistant.
  • An uncleavable moiety can be made by inserting a disruptive amino acid into the protease target sequence motif, such as a proline (causes curves in the secondary structure of the peptide) or histidine (causes steric interference with other amino acid side chains).
  • a “protease-resistant” peptide linker is one with reduced or undetectable cleavage by one or more specified proteases. Exemplary protease-resistant peptide linkers can be tested, e.g., in vitro by incubation with a specific protease followed by analysis of the digestion products by western blot.
  • polypeptides described herein can include components (e.g., the cytokine, the blocking moiety) that have the same amino acid sequence of the corresponding naturally occurring protein (e.g., IL-2, IL-15, HSA) or can have an amino acid sequence that differs from the naturally occurring protein so long as the desired function is maintained. It is understood that one way to define any known modifications and derivatives or those that might arise, of the disclosed proteins and nucleic acids that encode them is through defining the sequence variants in terms of identity to specific known reference sequences.
  • polypeptides and nucleic acids which have at least, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 percent identity to the chimeric polypeptides provided herein.
  • polypeptides or nucleic acids that have at least, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 percent identity to the sequence of any of the nucleic acids or polypeptides described herein.
  • polypeptides or nucleic acids that have at least, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 percent identity to the sequence of the cleavable linkers provided herein.
  • This also includes variants of the linker or inducible polypeptides that comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 variants from the cleavage domain sequences.
  • the identity can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the identity is at its highest level.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local identity algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the identity alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
  • Protein modifications include amino acid sequence modifications. Modifications in amino acid sequence may arise naturally as allelic variations (e.g., due to genetic polymorphism), may arise due to environmental influence (e.g., by exposure to ultraviolet light), or may be produced by human intervention (e.g., by mutagenesis of cloned DNA sequences), such as induced point, deletion, insertion and substitution mutants. These modifications can result in changes in the amino acid sequence, provide silent mutations, modify a restriction site, or provide other specific mutations. Amino acid sequence modifications typically fall into one or more of three classes: substitutional, insertional or deletional modifications. Insertions include amino and/or carboxyl terminal fusions as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
  • Insertions ordinarily will be smaller insertions than those of amino or carboxyl terminal fusions, for example, on the order of one to four residues.
  • Deletions are characterized by the removal of one or more amino acid residues from the protein sequence. Typically, no more than about from 2 to 6 residues are deleted at any one site within the protein molecule. Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues but can occur at a number of different locations at once; insertions usually will be on the order of about from 1 to 10 amino acid residues; and deletions will range about from 1 to 30 residues.
  • Deletions or insertions preferably are made in adjacent pairs, i.e. a deletion of 2 residues or insertion of 2 residues.
  • substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final construct.
  • the mutations must not place the sequence out of reading frame and preferably will not create complementary regions that could produce secondary mRNA structure.
  • Substitutional modifications are those in which at least one residue has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Table 2 and are referred to as conservative substitutions.
  • Modifications including the specific amino acid substitutions, are made by known methods. For example, modifications are made by site specific mutagenesis of nucleotides in the DNA encoding the polypeptide, thereby producing DNA encoding the modification, and thereafter expressing the DNA in recombinant cell culture. Techniques for making substitution mutations at predetermined sites in DNA having a known sequence are well known, for example M13 primer mutagenesis and PCR mutagenesis.
  • Modifications can be selected to optimize binding.
  • affinity maturation techniques can be used to alter binding of the scFv by introducing random mutations inside the complementarity determining regions (CDRs).
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • Such random mutations can be introduced using a variety of techniques, including radiation, chemical mutagens or error-prone PCR. Multiple rounds of mutation and selection can be performed using, for example, phage display.
  • the disclosure also relates to nucleic acids that encode the chimeric polypeptides described herein, and to the use of such nucleic acids to produce the chimeric polypeptides and for therapeutic purposes.
  • the invention includes DNA and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA, self-replicating RNA) that encode a chimeric polypeptide and to the therapeutic use of such DNA and RNA molecules.
  • Exemplary fusion proteins of the invention combine the above described elements in a variety of orientations.
  • the orientations described in this section are meant as examples and are not to be considered limiting.
  • the fusion protein comprises a cytokine, a blocking moiety and a half-life extension element.
  • the cytokine is positioned between the half-life extension element and the blocking moiety.
  • the cytokine is N-terminal to the blocking moiety and the half-life extension element.
  • the cytokine is proximal to the blocking moiety; in some such embodiments, the cytokine is proximal to the half-life extension element.
  • At least one protease-cleavable linker must be included in all embodiments, such that the cytokine may be active upon cleavage.
  • the cytokine is C-terminal to the blocking moiety and the half-life extension element. Additional elements may be attached to one another by a cleavable linker, a non-cleavable linker, or by direct fusion.
  • the blocking domains used are capable of extending half-life, and the cytokine is positioned between two such blocking domains. In some embodiments, the cytokine is positioned between two blocking domains, one of which is capable of extending half-life.
  • two cytokines are included in the same construct.
  • the cytokines are connected to two blocking domains each (three in total in one molecule), with a blocking domain between the two cytokine domains.
  • one or more additional half-life extension domains may be included to optimize pharmacokinetic properties.
  • three cytokines are included in the same construct.
  • the third cytokine may function to block the other two in place of a blocking domain between the two cytokines.
  • Preferred half-life extension elements for use in the fusion proteins are human serum albumin (HSA), an antibody or antibody fragment (e.g., scFV, dAb) which binds serum albumin, a human or humanized IgG, or a fragment of any of the foregoing.
  • the blocking moiety is human serum albumin (HSA), or an antibody or antibody fragment which binds serum albumin, an antibody which binds the cytokine and prevents activation of binding or activation of the cytokine receptor, another cytokine, or a fragment of any of the foregoing.
  • the targeting domain is an antibody which binds a cell surface protein which is enriched on the surface of cancer cells, such as EpCAM, FOLR1, and Fibronectin.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can be used for antibody-antibiotic conjugates.
  • the separation moiety disclosed herein connects or links an antimicrobial antibiotic to an antibody specific for a bacterial strain (e.g., Staphylococcus aureus Ab).
  • the antibody-antibiotic conjugate does not display antibacterial activity when the antibody is linked to the antibiotic.
  • the separation moiety is cleaved by proteases releasing the free antibiotic. The free antibiotic kills the intracellular bacteria.
  • the separation moieties disclosed herein can be used for applications in chemical probes use for detection and isolation of proteins.
  • Chemical probes are designed based on small molecule interaction with proteins.
  • the probes typically comprise a covalent binding motif in order for the probe to interact with the target protein, a detection/purification tag for visualization/purification of the protein target and a linker group.
  • the separation moieties described herein can be incorporated to enable the target protein to be detected and isolated.
  • a disease or disorder such as proliferative disease, a tumorous disease, an inflammatory disease, an immunological disorder, an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, a viral disease, an allergic reaction, a parasitic reaction, or graft-versus-host disease.
  • the methods administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a fusion protein as disclosed herein that is typically administered as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the method further comprises selecting a subject with or at risk of developing such a disease or disorder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprises a blocked cytokine, fragment or mutein thereof that is activated at a site of inflammation.
  • the chimeric polypeptide comprises a cytokine polypeptide, fragment or mutein thereof and a serum half-life extension element.
  • the chimeric polypeptide comprises a cytokine polypeptide, fragment or mutein thereof and a blocking moiety, e.g. a steric blocking polypeptide, wherein the steric blocking polypeptide is capable of sterically blocking the activity of the cytokine polypeptide, fragment or mutein thereof.
  • the chimeric polypeptide comprises a cytokine polypeptide, fragment or mutein thereof, a blocking moiety, and a serum half-life extension element.
  • Inflammation is part of the complex biological response of body tissues to harmful stimuli, such as pathogens, damaged cells, or irritants, and is a protective response involving immune cells, blood vessels, and molecular mediators.
  • the function of inflammation is to eliminate the initial cause of cell injury, clear out necrotic cells and tissues damaged from the original insult and the inflammatory process, and to initiate tissue repair.
  • Inflammation can occur from infection, as a symptom or a disease, e.g., cancer, atherosclerosis, allergies, myopathies, HIV, obesity, or an autoimmune disease.
  • An autoimmune disease is a chronic condition arising from an abnormal immune response to a self-antigen.
  • Autoimmune diseases that may be treated with the polypeptides disclosed herein include but are not limited to lupus, celiac disease, diabetes mellitus type 1, Graves' disease, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, and systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can comprise one or more protease-cleavable linker sequences.
  • the linker sequence serves to provide flexibility between polypeptides, such that each polypeptide is capable of inhibiting the activity of the first polypeptide.
  • the linker sequence can be located between any or all of the cytokine polypeptide, fragment or mutein thereof, the blocking moiety, and serum half-life extension element.
  • the composition comprises, two, three, four, or five linker sequences.
  • the linker sequence, two, three, or four linker sequences can be the same or different linker sequences.
  • the linker sequence comprises GGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 232), GSGSGS (SEQ ID NO: 233), or G(SGGG) 2 SGGT (SEQ ID NO: 234).
  • the linker comprises a protease-cleavable sequence selected from group consisting of HSSKLQ (SEQ ID NO: 25), GPLGVRG (SEQ ID NO:221), IPVSLRSG (SEQ ID NO: 222), VPLSLYSG (SEQ ID NO: 223), or SGESPAYYTA (SEQ ID NO: 224).
  • the linker is cleaved by a protease selected from the group consisting of a kallikrein, thrombin, chymase, carboxypeptidase A, cathepsin G, an elastase, PR-3, granzyme M, a calpain, a matrix metalloproteinase (MMP), a plasminogen activator, a cathepsin, a caspase, a tryptase, or a tumor cell surface protease.
  • a protease selected from the group consisting of a kallikrein, thrombin, chymase, carboxypeptidase A, cathepsin G, an elastase, PR-3, granzyme M, a calpain, a matrix metalloproteinase (MMP), a plasminogen activator, a cathepsin, a caspase, a tryptase
  • the methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a chimeric polypeptide (a fusion protein) as disclosed herein that is typically administered as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the method further comprises selecting a subject with or at risk of developing cancer.
  • the pharmaceutical composition preferably comprises a blocked cytokine, fragment or mutein thereof that is activated at a tumor site.
  • the tumor is a solid tumor.
  • the cancer may be a colon cancer, a lung cancer, a melanoma, a sarcoma, a renal cell carcinoma, a breast cancer,
  • the method can further involve the administration of one or more additional agents to treat cancer, such as chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., Adriamycin, Cerubidine, Bleomycin, Alkeran, Velban, Oncovin, Fluorouracil, Thiotepa, Methotrexate, Bisantrene, Noantrone, Thiguanine, Cytaribine, Procarabizine), immuno-oncology agents (e.g., anti-PD-L1, anti-CTLA4, anti-PD-1, anti-CD47, anti-GD2), cellular therapies (e.g, CAR-T, T-cell therapy), oncolytic viruses and the like.
  • chemotherapeutic agents e.g., Adriamycin, Cerubidine, Bleomycin, Alkeran, Velban, Oncovin, Fluorouracil, Thiotepa, Methotrexate, Bisantrene, Noantrone, Thiguanine, Cytaribine, Procarabizine
  • immuno-oncology agents e.g
  • compositions are suitable for administration in vitro or in vivo.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material is administered to a subject without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with the other components of the pharmaceutical formulation or composition in which it is contained.
  • the carrier is selected to minimize degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize adverse side effects in the subject.
  • Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington: The Science and Practice ofPharmacy 21 st Edition, David B. Troy, ed., Lippicott Williams & Wilkins (2005).
  • an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic, although the formulate can be hypertonic or hypotonic if desired.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, sterile water, saline, buffered solutions like Ringer's solution, and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is generally about 5 to about 8 or from about 7 to 7.5.
  • Other carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the immunogenic polypeptides.
  • Matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes, or microparticles. Certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of composition being administered. Carriers are those suitable for administration of the chimeric polypeptides or nucleic acid sequences encoding the chimeric polypeptides to humans or other subjects.
  • compositions are administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired and, on the area to be treated.
  • the compositions are administered via any of several routes of administration, including topically, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intra-articularly, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, transdermally, intrahepatically, intracranially, nebulization/inhalation, or by installation via bronchoscopy.
  • the compositions are administered locally (non-systemically), including intratumorally, intra-articularly, intrathecally, etc.
  • Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils.
  • Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives are optionally present such as, for example, antimicrobials, antioxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
  • Formulations for topical administration include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids, and powders.
  • Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder, or oily bases, thickeners and the like are optionally necessary or desirable.
  • compositions for oral administration include powders or granules, suspension or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, sachets, or tables. Thickeners, flavorings, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders are optionally desirable.
  • the chimeric polypeptides or nucleic acid sequences encoding the chimeric polypeptides are administered by a vector.
  • a vector There are a number of compositions and methods which can be used to deliver the nucleic acid molecules and/or polypeptides to cells, either in vitro or in vivo via, for example, expression vectors. These methods and compositions can largely be broken down into two classes: viral based delivery systems and non-viral based delivery systems. Such methods are well known in the art and readily adaptable for use with the compositions and methods described herein.
  • compositions and methods can be used to transfect or transduce cells in vitro or in vivo, for example, to produce cell lines that express and preferably secrete the encoded chimeric polypeptide or to therapeutically deliver nucleic acids to a subject.
  • the components of the chimeric nucleic acids disclosed herein typically are operably linked in frame to encode a fusion protein.
  • plasmid or viral vectors are agents that transport the disclosed nucleic acids into the cell without degradation and include a promoter yielding expression of the nucleic acid molecule and/or polypeptide in the cells into which it is delivered.
  • Viral vectors are, for example, Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus, herpes virus, Vaccinia virus, Polio virus, Sindbis, and other RNA viruses, including these viruses with the HIV backbone. Also preferred are any viral families which share the properties of these viruses which make them suitable for use as vectors. Retroviral vectors, in general are described by Coffin et al., Retroviruses, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1997), which is incorporated by reference herein for the vectors and methods of making them.
  • replication-defective adenoviruses has been described (Berkner et al., J. Virol. 61:1213-20 (1987); Massie et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 6:2872-83 (1986); Haj-Ahmad et al., J. Virol. 57:267-74 (1986); Davidson et al., J. Virol. 61:1226-39 (1987); Zhang et al., BioTechniques 15:868-72 (1993)).
  • the benefit and the use of these viruses as vectors is that they are limited in the extent to which they can spread to other cell types, since they can replicate within an initial infected cell, but are unable to form new infectious viral particles.
  • Recombinant adenoviruses have been shown to achieve high efficiency after direct, in vivo delivery to airway epithelium, hepatocytes, vascular endothelium, CNS parenchyma, and a number of other tissue sites.
  • Other useful systems include, for example, replicating and host-restricted non-replicating vaccinia virus vectors.
  • VLPs Virus like particles
  • VLPs consist of viral protein(s) derived from the structural proteins of a virus. Methods for making and using virus like particles are described in, for example, Garcea and Gissmann, Current Opinion in Biotechnology 15:513-7 (2004).
  • the provided polypeptides can be delivered by subviral dense bodies (DBs).
  • DBs transport proteins into target cells by membrane fusion.
  • Methods for making and using DBs are described in, for example, Pepperl-Klindworth et al., Gene Therapy 10:278-84 (2003).
  • the provided polypeptides can be delivered by tegument aggregates. Methods for making and using tegument aggregates are described in International Publication No. WO 2006/110728.
  • Non-viral based delivery methods can include expression vectors comprising nucleic acid molecules and nucleic acid sequences encoding polypeptides, wherein the nucleic acids are operably linked to an expression control sequence.
  • Suitable vector backbones include, for example, those routinely used in the art such as plasmids, artificial chromosomes, BACs, YACs, or PACs. Numerous vectors and expression systems are commercially available from such corporations as Novagen (Madison, Wis.), Clonetech (Pal Alto, Calif.), Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.), and Invitrogen/Life Technologies (Carlsbad, Calif.). Vectors typically contain one or more regulatory regions.
  • Regulatory regions include, without limitation, promoter sequences, enhancer sequences, response elements, protein recognition sites, inducible elements, protein binding sequences, 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions (UTRs), transcriptional start sites, termination sequences, polyadenylation sequences, and introns.
  • a suitable host cell such as CHO cells.
  • Preferred promoters controlling transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells may be obtained from various sources, for example, the genomes of viruses such as polyoma, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis B virus, and most preferably cytomegalovirus (CMV), or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. ⁇ -actin promoter or EF1 ⁇ promoter, or from hybrid or chimeric promoters (e.g., CMV promoter fused to the ⁇ -actin promoter).
  • viruses such as polyoma, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis B virus, and most preferably cytomegalovirus (CMV), or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. ⁇ -actin promoter or EF1 ⁇ promoter, or from hybrid or chimeric promoters (e.g., CMV promoter fuse
  • Enhancer generally refers to a sequence of DNA that functions at no fixed distance from the transcription start site and can be either 5′ or 3′ to the transcription unit. Furthermore, enhancers can be within an intron as well as within the coding sequence itself. hey are usually between 10 and 300 base pairs (bp) in length, and they function in cis. Enhancers usually function to increase transcription from nearby promoters. Enhancers can also contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. While many enhancer sequences are known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, fetoprotein, and insulin), typically one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus for general expression. Preferred examples are the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
  • the promoter and/or the enhancer can be inducible (e.g. chemically or physically regulated).
  • a chemically regulated promoter and/or enhancer can, for example, be regulated by the presence of alcohol, tetracycline, a steroid, or a metal.
  • a physically regulated promoter and/or enhancer can, for example, be regulated by environmental factors, such as temperature and light.
  • the promoter and/or enhancer region can act as a constitutive promoter and/or enhancer to maximize the expression of the region of the transcription unit to be transcribed.
  • the promoter and/or enhancer region can be active in a cell type specific manner.
  • the promoter and/or enhancer region can be active in all eukaryotic cells, independent of cell type.
  • Preferred promoters of this type are the CMV promoter, the SV40 promoter, the ⁇ -actin promoter, the EF1 ⁇ promoter, and the retroviral long terminal repeat (LTR).
  • the vectors also can include, for example, origins of replication and/or markers.
  • a marker gene can confer a selectable phenotype, e.g., antibiotic resistance, on a cell.
  • the marker product is used to determine if the vector has been delivered to the cell and once delivered is being expressed.
  • selectable markers for mammalian cells are dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), thymidine kinase, neomycin, neomycin analog G418, hygromycin, puromycin, and blasticidin. When such selectable markers are successfully transferred into a mammalian host cell, the transformed mammalian host cell can survive if placed under selective pressure. Examples of other markers include, for example, the E.
  • an expression vector can include a tag sequence designed to facilitate manipulation or detection (e.g., purification or localization) of the expressed polypeptide.
  • Tag sequences such as GFP, glutathione S-transferase (GST), polyhistidine, c-myc, hemagglutinin, or FLAGTM tag (Kodak; New Haven, Conn.) sequences typically are expressed as a fusion with the encoded polypeptide.
  • GFP glutathione S-transferase
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • polyhistidine polyhistidine
  • c-myc hemagglutinin
  • FLAGTM tag FLAGTM tag
  • peptide, polypeptide, or protein are used broadly to mean two or more amino acids linked by a peptide bond. Protein, peptide, and polypeptide are also used herein interchangeably to refer to amino acid sequences. It should be recognized that the term polypeptide is not used herein to suggest a particular size or number of amino acids comprising the molecule and that a peptide of the invention can contain up to several amino acid residues or more.
  • subject can be a vertebrate, more specifically a mammal (e.g. a human, horse, cat, dog, cow, pig, sheep, goat, mouse, rabbit, rat, and guinea pig), birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, and any other animal.
  • patient or subject may be used interchangeably and can refer to a subject with a disease or disorder (e.g. cancer).
  • a disease or disorder e.g. cancer
  • patient or subject includes human and veterinary subjects.
  • a subject at risk of developing a disease or disorder can be genetically predisposed to the disease or disorder, e.g., have a family history or have a mutation in a gene that causes the disease or disorder, or show early signs or symptoms of the disease or disorder.
  • a subject currently with a disease or disorder has one or more than one symptom of the disease or disorder and may have been diagnosed with the disease or disorder.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the chimeric polypeptides or chimeric nucleic acid sequences encoding the chimeric polypeptides described herein are administered to a subject prior to onset (e.g., before obvious signs of cancer or inflammation) or during early onset (e.g., upon initial signs and symptoms of cancer or inflammation).
  • Prophylactic administration can occur for several days to years prior to the manifestation of symptoms of cancer or inflammation.
  • Prophylactic administration can be used, for example, in the preventative treatment of subjects diagnosed with a genetic predisposition to cancer.
  • Therapeutic treatment involves administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of the chimeric polypeptides or nucleic acid sequences encoding the chimeric polypeptides described herein after diagnosis or development of cancer or inflammation (e.g., an autoimmune disease). Prophylactic use may also apply when a patient is undergoing a treatment, e.g., a chemotherapy, in which inflammation is expected.
  • a treatment e.g., a chemotherapy
  • the subject is administered an effective amount of the agent (e.g., a chimeric polypeptide).
  • effective amount and effective dosage are used interchangeably.
  • the term effective amount is defined as any amount necessary to produce a desired physiologic response.
  • Effective amounts and schedules for administering the agent may be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art.
  • the dosage ranges for administration are those large enough to produce the desired effect in which one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder are affected (e.g., reduced or delayed). The dosage should not be so large as to cause substantial adverse side effects, such as unwanted cross-reactions, anaphylactic reactions, and the like.
  • the dosage will vary with the age, condition, sex, type of disease, the extent of the disease or disorder, route of administration, or whether other drugs are included in the regimen, and can be determined by one of skill in the art.
  • the dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosages can vary and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products.
  • treatment refers to a method of reducing the effects of a disease or condition or symptom of the disease or condition.
  • treatment can refer to a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100% reduction in the severity of an established disease or condition or symptom of the disease or condition.
  • a method for treating a disease is considered to be a treatment if there is a 10% reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease in a subject as compared to a control.
  • the reduction can be a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or any percent reduction in between 10% and 100% as compared to native or control levels. It is understood that treatment does not necessarily refer to a cure or complete ablation of the disease, condition, or symptoms of the disease or condition.
  • the terms prevent, preventing, and prevention of a disease or disorder refers to an action, for example, administration of the chimeric polypeptide or nucleic acid sequence encoding the chimeric polypeptide, that occurs before or at about the same time a subject begins to show one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder, which inhibits or delays onset or exacerbation of one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder.
  • references to decreasing, reducing, or inhibiting include a change of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or greater as compared to a control level. Such terms can include but do not necessarily include complete elimination.
  • IL-2 variants have been developed that are selective for IL2R ⁇ relative to IL2R ⁇ (Shanafelt, A. B., et al., 2000, Nat Biotechnol. 18:1197-202; Cassell, D. J., et. al., 2002, Curr Pharm Des., 8:2171-83). These variants have amino acid substitutions which reduce their affinity for IL2RB. Because IL-2 has undetectable affinity for IL2RG, these variants consequently have reduced affinity for the IL2R ⁇ receptor complex and reduced ability to activate IL2R ⁇ -expressing cells but retain the ability to bind IL2RA and the ability to bind and activate the IL2R ⁇ receptor complex.
  • IL2/N88R Boy 50-4798
  • Bay 50-4798 was shown to selectively stimulate the proliferation of activated T cells relative to NK cells, and was evaluated in phase I/I clinical trials in cancer patients (Margolin, K., et. al., 2007, Clin Cancer Res., 13:3312-9) and HIV patients (Davey, R. T., et. al., 2008, J Interferon Cytokine Res., 28:89-100).
  • mutants can be made that selectively alter the affinity for the CD25 chain relative to native I1-2.
  • IL-2 can be engineered to produce mutants that bind the IL-2R complex generally or the IL-2Ra subunit specifically with an affinity that differs from that of the corresponding wild-type IL-2 or of a presently available mutant (referred to as C125S, as the cysteine residue at position 125 is replaced with a serine residue).
  • C125S a presently available mutant
  • the present invention features mutant interleukin-2 (IL-2*) polypeptides that include an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical to wild-type IL-2 (e.g., 85, 87, 90, 95, 97, 98, or 99% identical) and that bind, as compared to WT IL-2, with higher to the IL-2 trimeric receptor relative to the dimeric IL-2 receptor.
  • the muteins will also bind an IL-2 receptor ⁇ subunit (IL-2R ⁇ ) with an affinity that is greater than the affinity with which wild type IL-2 binds the IL-2R ⁇ .
  • mutant IL-2 polypeptides can vary from SEQ ID NO:1 (UniProtKB accession number P60568) by virtue of containing (or only containing) one or more amino acid substitutions, which may be considered conservative or non-conservative substitutions. Non-naturally occurring amino acids can also be incorporated.
  • amino acid sequence can vary from SEQ ID NO:1 (which may be considered the “reference” sequence) by virtue of containing and addition and/or deletion of one or more amino acid residues.
  • the amino acid sequence can differ from that of SEQ ID NO:1 by virtue of a mutation at least one of the following positions of SEQ ID NO:1: 1, 4, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 26, 29, 30, 31, 35, 37, 46, 48, 49, 54, 61, 64, 67, 68, 69, 71, 73, 74, 75, 76, 79, 88, 89, 90, 92, 99, 101, 103, 114, 125, 128, or 133 (or combinations thereof). As noted, as few as one of these positions may be altered, as may two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or 11 or more (including up to all) of the positions.
  • amino acid sequence can differ from SEQ ID NO:1 at positions 69 and 74 and further at one or more of positions 30, 35, and 128.
  • the amino acid sequence can also differ from SEQ ID NO:2 (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • the amino acid sequence of the mutant IL-2 polypeptide can otherwise be identical to SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the amino acid sequence can differ from SEQ ID NO:1 by virtue of having one or more of the following mutations: A1T, S4P, K8R, K9T, T10A, Q11R, Q13R, E15K, N26D, N29S, N30S, N30D, N30T, Y31H, Y31C, K35R, T37A, T37R, M46L, K48E, K49R, K49E, K54R, E61D, K64R, E67G, E68D, V69A, N71T, N71A, N71R, A73V, Q74P, S75P, K76E, K76R, H79R, N88D, I89V, N90H, I92T, S99P, T101A, F103S, I114V, I128T, I1
  • mutant polypeptides within the scope of the invention include those that include a mutant of SEQ ID NO:2 having substitutions at V69 (e.g. A) and Q74 (e.g., P).
  • the amino acid sequence can include one of the following sets of mutations with respect to SEQ ID NO:2: (a) K64R, V69A, and Q74P; (b) V69A, Q74P, and T101A; (c) V69A, Q74P, and I128T; (d) N30D, V69A, Q74P, and F103S; (e) K49E, V69A, A73V, and K76E; (f) V69A, Q74P, T101A, and T133N; (g) N30S, V69A, Q74P, and I128A; (h) V69A, Q74P, N88D, and S99P; (i) N30S, V69A, Q74P, and I128T; (j) K9T, Q11R, K35R, V69A, and Q74P; (k) A1T, M46L, K49R, E61D, V69A, and H79R; (l) K48
  • any of the mutant IL-2 polypeptides disclosed herein can include the sequences described; they can also be limited to the sequences described and otherwise identical to SEQ ID NO:1. Moreover, any of the mutant IL-2 polypeptides described herein can optionally include a substitution of the cysteine residue at position 125 with another residue (e.g., serine) and/or can optionally include a deletion of the alanine residue at position 1 of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the mutant IL-2 polypeptides disclosed herein can bind to the IL-2R ⁇ subunit with a K d of less than about 28 nM (e.g., less than about 25 nM; less than about 5 nM; about 1 nM; less than about 500 pM; or less than about 100 pM). More specifically, a mutant IL-2 polypeptide can have an affinity equilibrium constant less than 1.0 nM (e.g., about 0.8, 0.6, 0.4, or 0.2 nM). Affinity can also be expressed as a relative rate of dissociation from an IL-2R ⁇ subunit or from an IL-2 receptor complex (e.g., a complex expressed on the surface of a cell or otherwise membrane bound).
  • the mutant IL-2 polypeptides can dissociate from, e.g., IL-2R ⁇ , at a decreased rate relative to a wild-type polypeptide or to an IL-2 based therapeutic, e.g., IL-2*.
  • affinity can be characterized as the time, or average time, an IL-2* polypeptide persists on, for example, the surface of a cell expressing an IL-2R.
  • an IL-2*polypeptide can persist on the receptor for at least about 2, 5, 10, 50, 100, or 250 times (or more).
  • any subset or combination of these is also specifically contemplated and disclosed. his concept applies to all aspects of this disclosure including, but not limited to, steps in methods using the disclosed compositions. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed, it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific method steps or combination of method steps of the disclosed methods, and that each such combination or subset of combinations is specifically contemplated and should be considered disclosed.
  • Example 1 Detection of IL-2, IL-2 Mutein, IL-2R ⁇ and IL-2R ⁇ in Fusion Proteins by ELISA
  • IL-2 mutein is detected with a commercially available antibody, e.g., the anti-IL-2 monoclonal (JES6-1A12) (BD Pharmingen; San Jose, Calif.). A positive control is used to show whether the monoclonal antibody recognizes the cytokine or mutein. Antibodies against IL-2R ⁇ and IL-2R ⁇ chain are also used. Wells of a 96-well plate are coated with an antibody (2.5 ⁇ g/ml) in PBS. Wells are blocked with 5% non-fat milk in PBS with 0.2% Tween® 20 (PBS-M-Tw) and fusion proteins are added for 1-2 hours at 37° C.
  • JES6-1A12 anti-IL-2 monoclonal
  • BD Pharmingen San Jose, Calif.
  • a positive control is used to show whether the monoclonal antibody recognizes the cytokine or mutein.
  • Antibodies against IL-2R ⁇ and IL-2R ⁇ chain are also used. Wells of
  • an anti-IL-2 biotin-labeled antibody e.g., JES5H4 (BD Pharmingen) is added and binding is detected using Streptavidin HRP (Southern Biotechnology Associates; Birmingham, Ala.).
  • the ELISA plate is developed by adding 50 ⁇ l O-phenylenediamine (OPD) (Sigma-Aldrich) in 0.1M Citrate pH 4.5 and 0.04% H 2 O 2 , stopped by adding 50 ⁇ l/well 2N H 2 SO 4 and the absorbance was read at 490 nm.
  • OPD O-phenylenediamine
  • CTLL2 cells were plated in suspension at a concentration of 500,000 cells/well in culture media with or without 40 mg/ml human serum albumin (HSA) and stimulated with a dilution series of recombinant hIL2 or activatable hIL2 for 72 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • HSA human serum albumin
  • Activity of uncleaved and cleaved activatable hIL2 was tested.
  • Cleaved activatable hIL2 was generated by incubation with active MMP9.
  • Cell activity was assessed using a CellTiter-Glo® (Promega) luminescence-based cell viability assay. Results are shown in FIGS. 8A-8F , FIGS. 9A-9Z , FIG. 25C .
  • the IL-2 mutein fusion proteins are biochemically characterized before and after cleavage with a protease, e.g., PSA. Immunoblot analyses will show that the fusion proteins can be cleaved by PSA and that there is an increase in intensity of the predicted low molecular weight cleavage product of approximately 20 kDa reactive with an anti-IL-2 antibody after treatment of the samples with PSA. The degree of cleavage is dependent upon the amount of PSA as well as the time of incubation. Interestingly, when the fusion protein is analyzed before and after PSA treatment by ELISA, it was found that the apparent amount of IL-2 is increased after PSA cleavage.
  • the amount of IL-2 mutein increase will suggest that after PSA cleavage there is an increase in the predicted low molecular weight cleavage fragment of approximately 20 kDa reactive with an anti-IL-2 antibody, an increase in antibody accessibility, and most importantly, an increase in the amount of biologically active IL-2 mutein.
  • the chimeric polypeptide is examined to determine if it could have biological effects in vivo.
  • a system is used in which tumor cells injected intraperitoneally rapidly and preferentially attach and grow initially on the milky spots, a series of organized immune aggregates found on the omentum (Gerber et al., Am. J. Pathol. 169:1739-52 (2006)).
  • This system offers a convenient way to examine the effects of fusion protein treatment on tumor growth since fusion proteins can be delivered intraperitoneally multiple times and tumor growth can be analyzed by examining the dissociated omental cells.
  • the Colon 38 cell line a rapidly growing tumor cell line that expresses both MMP2 and MMP9 in vitro, may be used.
  • the omental tissue normally expresses a relatively small amount of MMP2 and MMP9, but, when Colon 38 tumor is present on the omentum, MMP levels increase.
  • MMP2 and MMP9 the ability of IL-2 mutein fusion proteins to affect tumor growth is examined.
  • Colon 38 cells are injected intraperitoneally, allowed to attach and grow for 1 day, and then treated daily with fusion protein intraperitoneally.
  • the animals are sacrificed and the omenta examined for tumor growth using flow cytometry and by a colony-forming assay.
  • Activatable interleukin proteins are tested for their binding affinities to human CD20 + cells and cynomolgus CD20 + cells.
  • CD20 + cells are incubated with 100 ⁇ L of serial dilutions of the activatable interleukin proteins and at least one protease. After washing three times with FACS buffer the cells are incubated with 0.1 mL of 10 ⁇ g/mL mouse monoclonal anti-idiotype antibody in the same buffer for 45 min on ice. After a second washing cycle, the cells are incubated with 0.1 mL of 15 g/mL FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibodies under the same conditions as before. As a control, cells are incubated with the anti-His IgG followed by the FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibodies without the activatable IL2 proteins.
  • the cells were then washed again and resuspended in 0.2 mL of FACS buffer containing 2 ⁇ g/mL propidium iodide (PI) in order to exclude dead cells.
  • the fluorescence of 1 ⁇ 10 4 living cells is measured using a Beckman-Coulter FC500 MPL flow cytometer using the MXP software (Beckman-Coulter, Krefeld, Germany) or a Millipore Guava EasyCyte flow cytometer using the Incyte software (Merck Millipore, Schwalbach, Germany).
  • Mean fluorescence intensities of the cell samples are calculated using CXP software (Beckman-Coulter, Krefeld, Germany) or Incyte software (Merck Millipore, Schwalbach, Germany).
  • CD20 binding and crossreactivity are assessed on the human CD20 + tumor cell lines.
  • the K D ratio of crossreactivity is calculated using the K D values determined on the CHO cell lines expressing either recombinant human or recombinant cynomolgus antigens.
  • Activatable interleukin protein is evaluated in vitro on its mediation of immune response to CD20 + target cells.
  • Fluorescence labeled CD20 + REC-1 cells (a Mantle cell lymphoma cell line, ATCC CRL-3004) are incubated with isolated PBMC of random donors or CB15 T-cells (standardized T-cell line) as effector cells in the presence of the activatable IL2 protein and at least one protease. After incubation for 4 h at 37° C. in a humidified incubator, the release of the fluorescent dye from the target cells into the supernatant is determined in a spectro-fluorimeter. Target cells incubated without the activatable IL2 protein and target cells totally lysed by the addition of saponin at the end of the incubation serve as negative and positive controls, respectively.
  • the percentage of specific cell lysis is calculated according to the following formula: [1 ⁇ (number of living targets (sample) /number of living targets (spontaneous) ] ⁇ 100%.
  • Sigmoidal dose response curves and EC 50 values are calculated by non-linear regression/4-parameter logistic fit using the GraphPad Software.
  • the lysis values obtained for a given antibody concentration are used to calculate sigmoidal dose-response curves by 4 parameter logistic fit analysis using the Prism® GraphPad® software.
  • Activatable interleukin protein is evaluated for half-time elimination in animal studies.
  • the activatable IL2 protein is administered to cynomolgus monkeys as a 0.5 mg/kg bolus injection into the saphenous vein.
  • Another cynomolgus monkey group receives a comparable IL2 construct in size but lacking a serum half-life extension element.
  • a third and fourth group receive an IL2 construct with serum half-life extension element and a cytokine with CD20 and serum half-life extension elements respectively, and both comparable in size to the activatable interleukin protein.
  • Each test group consists of 5 monkeys. Serum samples are taken at indicated time points, serially diluted, and the concentration of the proteins is determined using a binding ELISA to CD20.
  • Pharmacokinetic analysis is performed using the test article plasma concentrations.
  • Group mean plasma data for each test article conforms to a multi-exponential profile when plotted against the time post-dosing.
  • the data are fit by a standard two-compartment model with bolus input and first-order rate constants for distribution and elimination phases.
  • the ⁇ -phase is the initial phase of the clearance and reflects distribution of the protein into all extracellular fluid of the animal, whereas the second or ⁇ -phase portion of the decay curve represents true plasma clearance.
  • the activatable interleukin protein has improved pharmacokinetic parameters such as an increase in elimination half-time as compared to proteins lacking a serum half-life extension element.
  • Activatable IL2 protein is evaluated in a xenograft model.
  • mice Female immune-deficient NOD/scid mice are sub-lethally irradiated (2 Gy) and subcutaneously inoculated with 4 ⁇ 10 6 Ramos RA1 cells into the right dorsal flank. When tumors reach 100 to 200 mm 3 , animals are allocated into 3 treatment groups. Groups 2 and 3 (8 animals each) are intraperitoneally injected with 1.5 ⁇ 10 7 activated human T-cells. Three days later, animals from Group 3 are subsequently treated with a total of 9 intravenous doses of 50 ⁇ g activatable interleukin protein. Groups 1 and 2 are only treated with vehicle. Body weight and tumor volume are determined for 30 days.
  • WEHI279 cells were plated in suspension at a concentration of 25,000 cells/well in culture media with or without 1.5% human serum albumin (HSA) and stimulated with a dilution series of recombinant mIFN ⁇ or inducible mIFN ⁇ for 72 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Activity of uncleaved and cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ was tested.
  • Cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ was generated by incubation with active MMP9.
  • Cell survival was assessed using a CellTiter-Glo (Promega) luminescence-based cell viability assay.
  • the EC50 values for cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ molecules were at least 100 ⁇ more potent than un-cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ molecules. As shown in FIGS. 16A-16 , greater inducibility was seen in assays wherein the culture medium contained human serum albumin.
  • B16-Blue IFN ⁇ cells (InvivoGen) were plated at a concentration of 75,000 cells/well in culture media with or without 1.5% human serum albumin (HSA) and stimulated with a dilution series of recombinant mIFN ⁇ or inducible mIFN ⁇ for 24 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Activity of uncleaved and cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ was tested.
  • Cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ was generated by incubation with active MMP9. Supernatants were harvested, and SEAP activation was assessed by adding QUANTI-Blue Reagent (InvivoGen), incubating at 37° C. for 2 hours, and measuring absorbance at 620 nm.
  • the EC50 values for cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ molecules were at least 100 ⁇ more potent than un-cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ molecules. Results are shown in e.g., FIG. 19A-19B , FIGS. 22A-22B , FIGS. 23A-23B . This experiment was repeated with for IFN ⁇ conjugates using B16-Blue IFN ⁇ / ⁇ cells. The EC50 values for cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ molecules were at least 100 ⁇ more potent than un-cleaved inducible mIFN ⁇ molecules. See FIGS. 20A-20B .
  • the chimeric polypeptide is examined to determine if it could have biological effects in vivo.
  • a system is used in which tumor cells injected intraperitoneally rapidly and preferentially attach and grow initially on the milky spots, a series of organized immune aggregates found on the omentum (Gerber et al., Am. J. Pathol. 169:1739-52 (2006)).
  • This system offers a convenient way to examine the effects of fusion protein treatment on tumor growth since fusion proteins can be delivered intraperitoneally multiple times and tumor growth can be analyzed by examining the dissociated omental cells.
  • the Colon 38 cell line a rapidly growing tumor cell line that expresses both MMP2 and MMP9 in vitro, may be used.
  • the omental tissue normally expresses a relatively small amount of MMP2 and MMP9, but, when Colon 38 tumor is present on the omentum, MMP levels increase.
  • MMP2 and MMP9 the ability of IFN fusion proteins to affect tumor growth is examined.
  • Colon 38 cells are injected intraperitoneally, allowed to attach and grow for 1 day, and then treated daily with fusion protein intraperitoneally.
  • the animals are sacrificed and the omenta examined for tumor growth using flow cytometry and by a colony-forming assay.
  • the MC38 cell line a rapidly growing colon adenocarcinoma cell line that expresses MMP9 in vitro, was used. Using this tumor model, the ability of IFN ⁇ fusion proteins to affect tumor growth was examined. MC38 cells were injected subcutaneously, allowed to grow for 10-14 days, and then treated with fusion protein twice weekly intraperitoneally for a total of four doses. As a comparator, wild type mIFN ⁇ was administered at the dose levels indicated, twice daily for 2 weeks on a 5 day on/2 day off schedule (10 total doses). Tumor growth and body weight were monitored approximately twice per week for two weeks.
  • An IFN ⁇ polypeptide capable of binding to CD20 polypeptide present in a tumor or on a tumor cell is produced as follows.
  • a nucleic acid is produced that contains nucleic acid sequences: (1) encoding an IFN ⁇ polypeptide sequence and (2) one or more polypeptide linkers.
  • Activatable IFN ⁇ plasmid constructs can have optional Flag, His or other affinity tags, and are electroporated into HEK293 or other suitable human or mammalian cell lines and purified.
  • Validation assays include T cell activation assays using T cells responsive to IFN ⁇ stimulation in the presence of a protease.
  • CD20 is one of the cell surface proteins present on B-lymphocytes.
  • CD20 antigen is found in normal and malignant pre-B and mature B lymphocytes, including those in over 90% of B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphomas (NHL).
  • the antigen is absent in hematopoietic stem cells, activated B lymphocytes (plasma cells) and normal tissue.
  • hematopoietic stem cells activated B lymphocytes (plasma cells) and normal tissue.
  • Human or humanized anti-CD20 antibodies are therefore used to generate scFv sequences for CD20 binding domains of an activatable IFN ⁇ protein.
  • DNA sequences coding for human or humanized VL and VH domains are obtained, and the codons for the constructs are, optionally, optimized for expression in cells from Homo sapiens .
  • the order in which the VL and VH domains appear in the scFv is varied (i.e., VL-VH, or VH-VL orientation), and three copies of the “G4S” (SEQ ID NO: 241) or “G 4 S” (SEQ ID NO: 241) subunit (G 4 S) 3 (SEQ ID NO: 242) connect the variable domains to create the scFv domain.
  • Anti-CD20 scFv plasmid constructs can have optional Flag, His or other affinity tags, and are electroporated into HEK293 or other suitable human or mammalian cell lines and purified.
  • Validation assays include binding analysis by FACS, kinetic analysis using Proteon, and staining of CD20-expressing cells.
  • the activatable IFN ⁇ construct with protease cleavage site domains is used to construct an activatable IFN ⁇ protein in combination with an anti-CD20 scFv domain and a serum half-life extension element (e.g., a HSA binding peptide or VH domain).
  • a serum half-life extension element e.g., a HSA binding peptide or VH domain.
  • coding sequences of all protein domains are cloned into a mammalian expression vector system.
  • gene sequences encoding the activatable IFN ⁇ domain, serum half-life extension element, and CD20 binding domain along with peptide linkers L1 and L2 are separately synthesized and subcloned.
  • the resulting constructs are then ligated together in the order of CD20 binding domain-L1-IFN ⁇ subunit 1-L2-protease cleavage domain-L3-IFN ⁇ subunit2-L4-anti-CD20 scFv-L5-serum half-life extension element to yield a final construct.
  • All expression constructs are designed to contain coding sequences for an N-terminal signal peptide and a C-terminal hexahistidine (6 ⁇ His)-tag (SEQ ID NO: 243) to facilitate protein secretion and purification, respectively.
  • a CHO cell expression system (Flp-In®, Life Technologies), a derivative of CHO-K1 Chinese Hamster ovary cells (ATCC, CCL-61) (Kao and Puck, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1968; 60(4):1275-81), is used. Adherent cells are subcultured according to standard cell culture protocols provided by Life Technologies.
  • cells are detached from tissue culture flasks and placed in serum-free medium. Suspension-adapted cells are cryopreserved in medium with 10% DMSO.
  • Recombinant CHO cell lines stably expressing secreted activatable IFN ⁇ proteins are generated by transfection of suspension-adapted cells. During selection with the antibiotic Hygromycin B viable cell densities are measured twice a week, and cells are centrifuged and resuspended in fresh selection medium at a maximal density of 0.1 ⁇ 10 6 viable cells/mL. Cell pools stably expressing activatable IFN ⁇ proteins are recovered after 2-3 weeks of selection at which point cells are transferred to standard culture medium in shake flasks. Expression of recombinant secreted proteins is confirmed by performing protein gel electrophoresis or flow cytometry. Stable cell pools are cryopreserved in DMSO containing medium.
  • Activatable IFN ⁇ proteins are produced in 10-day fed-batch cultures of stably transfected CHO cell lines by secretion into the cell culture supernatant.
  • Cell culture supernatants are harvested after 10 days at culture viabilities of typically >75%. Samples are collected from the production cultures every other day and cell density and viability are assessed. On day of harvest, cell culture supernatants are cleared by centrifugation and vacuum filtration before further use.
  • Protein expression titers and product integrity in cell culture supernatants are analyzed by SDS-PAGE.
  • Activatable IFN ⁇ proteins are purified from CHO cell culture supernatants in a two-step procedure.
  • the constructs are subjected to affinity chromatography in a first step followed by preparative size exclusion chromatography (SEC) on Superdex 200 in a second step.
  • SEC preparative size exclusion chromatography
  • Samples are buffer-exchanged and concentrated by ultrafiltration to a typical concentration of >1 mg/mL.
  • Purity and homogeneity typically >90%) of final samples are assessed by SDS PAGE under reducing and non-reducing conditions, followed by immunoblotting using an anti-HSA or anti idiotype antibody as well as by analytical SEC, respectively.
  • Purified proteins are stored at aliquots at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • the activatable IFN ⁇ proteins are tested for their binding affinities to human CD20 + cells and cynomolgus CD20 + cells.
  • CD20 + cells are incubated with 100 ⁇ L of serial dilutions of the activatable IFN ⁇ proteins and at least one protease. After washing three times with FACS buffer the cells are incubated with 0.1 mL of 10 ⁇ g/mL mouse monoclonal anti-idiotype antibody in the same buffer for 45 min on ice. After a second washing cycle, the cells are incubated with 0.1 mL of 15 ⁇ g/mL FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibodies under the same conditions as before. As a control, cells are incubated with the anti-His IgG followed by the FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibodies without the activatable IFN ⁇ proteins.
  • the cells were then washed again and resuspended in 0.2 mL of FACS buffer containing 2 ⁇ g/mL propidium iodide (PI) in order to exclude dead cells.
  • the fluorescence of 1 ⁇ 10 4 living cells is measured using a Beckman-Coulter FC500 MPL flow cytometer using the MXP software (Beckman-Coulter, Krefeld, Germany) or a Millipore Guava EasyCyte flow cytometer using the Incyte software (Merck Millipore, Schwalbach, Germany).
  • Mean fluorescence intensities of the cell samples are calculated using CXP software (Beckman-Coulter, Krefeld, Germany) or Incyte software (Merck Millipore, Schwalbach, Germany).
  • CD20 binding and cross-reactivity are assessed on the human CD20 + tumor cell lines.
  • the K D ratio of cross-reactivity is calculated using the K D values determined on the CHO cell lines expressing either recombinant human or recombinant cynomolgus antigens.
  • the activatable IFN ⁇ protein is evaluated in vitro on its mediation of immune response to CD20 + target cells.
  • Fluorescence labeled CD20 + REC-1 cells (a Mantle cell lymphoma cell line, ATCC CRL-3004) are incubated with isolated PBMC of random donors or CB15 T-cells (standardized T-cell line) as effector cells in the presence of the activatable IFN ⁇ protein and at least one protease. After incubation for 4 h at 37° C. in a humidified incubator, the release of the fluorescent dye from the target cells into the supernatant is determined in a spectrofluorometer. Target cells incubated without the activatable IFN ⁇ protein and target cells totally lysed by the addition of saponin at the end of the incubation serve as negative and positive controls, respectively.
  • the percentage of specific cell lysis is calculated according to the following formula: [1 ⁇ (number of living targets (sample) /number of living targets (spontaneous) ] ⁇ 100%.
  • Sigmoidal dose response curves and EC 50 values are calculated by non-linear regression/4-parameter logistic fit using the GraphPad Software. The lysis values obtained for a given antibody concentration are used to calculate sigmoidal dose-response curves by 4 parameter logistic fit analysis using the Prism software.
  • the activatable IFN ⁇ protein is evaluated for half-time elimination in animal studies.
  • the activatable IFN ⁇ protein is administered to cynomolgus monkeys as a 0.5 mg/kg bolus injection into the saphenous vein.
  • Another cynomolgus monkey group receives a comparable cytokine in size but lacking a serum half-life extension element.
  • a third and fourth group receive a cytokine with serum half-life extension elements and a cytokine with CD20 and serum half-life extension elements respectively, and both comparable in size to the activatable IFN ⁇ protein.
  • Each test group consists of 5 monkeys. Serum samples are taken at indicated time points, serially diluted, and the concentration of the proteins is determined using a binding ELISA to CD20.
  • Pharmacokinetic analysis is performed using the test article plasma concentrations.
  • Group mean plasma data for each test article conforms to a multi-exponential profile when plotted against the time post-dosing.
  • the data are fit by a standard two-compartment model with bolus input and first-order rate constants for distribution and elimination phases.
  • the ⁇ -phase is the initial phase of the clearance and reflects distribution of the protein into all extracellular fluid of the animal, whereas the second or ⁇ -phase portion of the decay curve represents true plasma clearance.
  • the activatable IFN protein has improved pharmacokinetic parameters such as an increase in elimination half-time as compared to proteins lacking a serum half-life extension element.
  • the activatable IFN ⁇ protein is evaluated in a xenograft model.
  • mice Female immune-deficient NOD/scid mice are sub-lethally irradiated (2 Gy) and subcutaneously inoculated with 4 ⁇ 10 6 Ramos RA1 cells into the right dorsal flank. When tumors reach 100 to 200 mm 3 , animals are allocated into 3 treatment groups. Groups 2 and 3 (8 animals each) are intraperitoneally injected with 1.5 ⁇ 10 7 activated human T-cells. Three days later, animals from Group 3 are subsequently treated with a total of 9 intravenous doses of 50 ⁇ g activatable IFN ⁇ protein. Groups 1 and 2 are only treated with vehicle. Body weight and tumor volume are determined for 30 days.
  • HEK-Blue IL12 cells (InvivoGen) were plated in suspension at a concentration of 250,000 cells/well in culture media with or without 40 mg/ml human serum albumin (HSA) and stimulated with a dilution series of recombinant hIL12, chimeric IL12 (mouse p35/human p40) or activatable hIL12 for 24 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Activity of uncleaved and cleaved activatable hIL12 was tested.
  • Cleaved inducible hIL12 was generated by incubation with active MMP9.
  • IL12 activity was assessed by quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen), a colorimetric based assay.
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • HEK-Blue IL2 cells (InvivoGen) were plated in suspension at a concentration of 50,000 cells/well in culture media with or without 15-40 mg/ml human serum albumin (HSA) and stimulated with a dilution series of recombinant hIL2 or activatable hIL2 for 24 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • HSA human serum albumin
  • Activity of uncleaved and cleaved activatable hIL2 was tested.
  • Cleaved inducible hIL2 was generated by incubation with active MMP9 or another protease.
  • IL2 activity was assessed by quantification of Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase (SEAP) activity using the reagent QUANTI-Blue (InvivoGen), a colorimetric based assay. Results are shown in FIGS. 59-62 .
  • SEAP Secreted Alkaline Phosphatase
  • T-Blasts were induced from murine splenocytes with a 6-day incubation with PHA and a 24 hr incubation with recombinant hIL12.
  • T-blasts were then plated in suspension at a concentration of 200,000 cells/well in culture media with or without 40 mg/ml human serum albumin (HSA) and stimulated with a dilution series of recombinant hIL12 or chimeric IL12 (mouse p35/human p40) or mouse IL12 for 72 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2.
  • HSA human serum albumin
  • HSA human serum albumin
  • Activity of uncleaved and cleaved IL12 was tested.
  • Cleaved inducible hIL12 was generated by incubation with active MMP9.
  • IL12 activity was assessed by downstream quantification of IFN ⁇ production using a mIFN ⁇ alphaLISA.
  • Example 22 In Vivo Delivery of a Protease Activated Fusion Protein Results in Decreased Tumor Growth
  • the chimeric polypeptide is examined to determine if it could have biological effects in vivo.
  • a system is used in which tumor cells injected intraperitoneally rapidly and preferentially attach and grow initially on the milky spots, a series of organized immune aggregates found on the omentum (Gerber et al., Am. J. Pathol. 169:1739-52 (2006)).
  • This system offers a convenient way to examine the effects of fusion protein treatment on tumor growth since fusion proteins can be delivered intraperitoneally multiple times and tumor growth can be analyzed by examining the dissociated omental cells.
  • the Colon 38 cell line a rapidly growing tumor cell line that expresses both MMP2 and MMP9 in vitro, may be used.
  • the omental tissue normally expresses a relatively small amount of MMP2 and MMP9, but, when Colon 38 tumor is present on the omentum, MMP levels increase.
  • MMP2 and MMP9 the ability of IL-2 mutein fusion proteins to affect tumor growth is examined.
  • Colon 38 cells are injected intraperitoneally, allowed to attach and grow for 1 day, and then treated daily with fusion protein intraperitoneally.
  • the animals are sacrificed and the omenta examined for tumor growth using flow cytometry and by a colony-forming assay.
  • Example 23A Construction of an Exemplary Activatable Interleukin Protein Targeting CD20
  • the human IL-12p35 chain canonical sequence is UniProt Accession No. P29459.
  • the human IL-12p40 chain canonical sequence is UniProt Accession No. P29460.
  • IL-12p35 and IL-12p40 are cloned into an expression construct.
  • a protease cleavage site is included between the IL-12p35 and IL-12p40 domains.
  • An IL-12 polypeptide capable of binding to CD20 polypeptide present in a tumor or on a tumor cell is produced as follows.
  • a nucleic acid is produced that contains nucleic acid sequences: (1) encoding an IFN ⁇ polypeptide sequence and (2) one or more polypeptide linkers.
  • Activatable interleukin plasmid constructs can have optional Flag, His or other affinity tags, and are electroporated into HEK293 or other suitable human or mammalian cell lines and purified.
  • Validation assays include T cell activation assays using T cells responsive to IL-12 stimulation in the presence of a protease.
  • CD20 is one of the cell surface proteins present on B-lymphocytes.
  • CD20 antigen is found in normal and malignant pre-B and mature B lymphocytes, including those in over 90/of B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphomas (NHL).
  • the antigen is absent in hematopoietic stem cells, activated B lymphocytes (plasma cells) and normal tissue.
  • hematopoietic stem cells activated B lymphocytes (plasma cells) and normal tissue.
  • Human or humanized anti-CD20 antibodies are therefore used to generate scFv sequences for CD20 binding domains of an activatable interleukin protein.
  • DNA sequences coding for human or humanized VL and VH domains are obtained, and the codons for the constructs are, optionally, optimized for expression in cells from Homo sapiens .
  • the order in which the VL and VH domains appear in the scFv is varied (i.e., VL-VH, or VH-VL orientation), and three copies of the “G4S” (SEQ ID NO: 241) or “G 4 S” (SEQ ID NO: 241) subunit (G 4 S) 3 (SEQ ID NO: 242) connect the variable domains to create the scFv domain.
  • Anti-CD20 scFv plasmid constructs can have optional Flag, His or other affinity tags, and are electroporated into HEK293 or other suitable human or mammalian cell lines and purified.
  • Validation assays include binding analysis by FACS, kinetic analysis using Proteon, and staining of CD20-expressing cells.
  • the activatable interleukin construct with protease cleavage site domains are used to construct an activatable interleukin protein in combination with an anti-CD20 scFv domain and a serum half-life extension element (e.g., a HSA binding peptide or VH domain).
  • a serum half-life extension element e.g., a HSA binding peptide or VH domain.
  • coding sequences of all protein domains are cloned into a mammalian expression vector system.
  • gene sequences encoding the activatable interleukin domain, serum half-life extension element, and CD20 binding domain along with peptide linkers L1 and L2 are separately synthesized and subcloned.
  • the resulting constructs are then ligated together in the order of CD20 binding domain-L1-IL-12p35-L2-protease cleavage domain-L3-IL-12p40-L4-anti-CD20 scFv-L5-serum half-life extension element to yield a final construct.
  • All expression constructs are designed to contain coding sequences for an N-terminal signal peptide and a C-terminal hexahistidine (6 ⁇ His)-tag (SEQ ID NO: 243) to facilitate protein secretion and purification, respectively.
  • a CHO cell expression system (Flp-In®, Life Technologies), a derivative of CHO-K1 Chinese Hamster ovary cells (ATCC, CCL-61) (Kao and Puck, Proc. Nat. Acad Sci USA 1968; 60(4):1275-81), is used. Adherent cells are subcultured according to standard cell culture protocols provided by Life Technologies.
  • cells are detached from tissue culture flasks and placed in serum-free medium. Suspension-adapted cells are cryopreserved in medium with 10% DMSO.
  • Recombinant CHO cell lines stably expressing secreted activatable interleukin proteins are generated by transfection of suspension-adapted cells. During selection with the antibiotic Hygromycin B viable cell densities are measured twice a week, and cells are centrifuged and resuspended in fresh selection medium at a maximal density of 0.1 ⁇ 10 6 viable cells/mL. Cell pools stably expressing activatable interleukin proteins are recovered after 2-3 weeks of selection at which point cells are transferred to standard culture medium in shake flasks. Expression of recombinant secreted proteins is confirmed by performing protein gel electrophoresis or flow cytometry. Stable cell pools are cryopreserved in DMSO containing medium.
  • Activatable interleukin proteins are produced in 10-day fed-batch cultures of stably transfected CHO cell lines by secretion into the cell culture supernatant.
  • Cell culture supernatants are harvested after 10 days at culture viabilities of typically >75%. Samples are collected from the production cultures every other day and cell density and viability are assessed. On day of harvest, cell culture supernatants are cleared by centrifugation and vacuum filtration before further use.
  • Protein expression titers and product integrity in cell culture supernatants are analyzed by SDS-PAGE.
  • Activatable interleukin proteins are purified from CHO cell culture supernatants in a two-step procedure.
  • the constructs are subjected to affinity chromatography in a first step followed by preparative size exclusion chromatography (SEC) on Superdex 200 in a second step.
  • SEC preparative size exclusion chromatography
  • Samples are buffer-exchanged and concentrated by ultrafiltration to a typical concentration of >1 mg/mL.
  • Purity and homogeneity typically >90%) of final samples are assessed by SDS PAGE under reducing and non-reducing conditions, followed by immunoblotting using an anti-HSA or anti idiotype antibody as well as by analytical SEC, respectively.
  • Purified proteins are stored at aliquots at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • Activatable interleukin proteins are tested for their binding affinities to human CD20 + cells and cynomolgus CD20 + cells.
  • CD20 + cells are incubated with 100 ⁇ L of serial dilutions of the activatable interleukin proteins and at least one protease. After washing three times with FACS buffer the cells are incubated with 0.1 mL of 10 ⁇ g/mL mouse monoclonal anti-idiotype antibody in the same buffer for 45 min on ice. After a second washing cycle, the cells are incubated with 0.1 mL of 15 ⁇ g/mL FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibodies under the same conditions as before. As a control, cells are incubated with the anti-His IgG followed by the FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG antibodies without the activatable interleukin proteins.
  • the cells were then washed again and resuspended in 0.2 mL of FACS buffer containing 2 ⁇ g/mL propidium iodide (PI) in order to exclude dead cells.
  • the fluorescence of 1 ⁇ 10 4 living cells is measured using a Beckman-Coulter FC500 MPL flow cytometer using the MXP software (Beckman-Coulter, Krefeld, Germany) or a Millipore Guava EasyCyte flow cytometer using the Incyte software (Merck Millipore, Schwalbach, Germany).
  • Mean fluorescence intensities of the cell samples are calculated using CXP software (Beckman-Coulter, Krefeld, Germany) or Incyte software (Merck Millipore, Schwalbach, Germany).
  • CD20 binding and cross-reactivity are assessed on the human CD20 + tumor cell lines.
  • the K D ratio of cross-reactivity is calculated using the K D values determined on the CHO cell lines expressing either recombinant human or recombinant cynomolgus antigens.
  • the activatable interleukin protein is evaluated in vitro on its mediation of immune response to CD20 + target cells.
  • Fluorescence labeled CD20 + REC-1 cells (a Mantle cell lymphoma cell line, ATCC CRL-3004) are incubated with isolated PBMC of random donors or CB15 T-cells (standardized T-cell line) as effector cells in the presence of the activatable interleukin protein and at least one protease. After incubation for 4 h at 37° C. in a humidified incubator, the release of the fluorescent dye from the target cells into the supernatant is determined in a spectrofluorometer. Target cells incubated without the activatable interleukin protein and target cells totally lysed by the addition of saponin at the end of the incubation serve as negative and positive controls, respectively.
  • the percentage of specific cell lysis is calculated according to the following formula: [1 ⁇ (number of living targets (sample) /number of living targets (spontaneous) )] ⁇ 100%.
  • Sigmoidal dose response curves and EC 50 values are calculated by non-linear regression/4-parameter logistic fit using the GraphPad Software. The lysis values obtained for a given antibody concentration are used to calculate sigmoidal dose-response curves by 4 parameter logistic fit analysis using the Prism software.
  • the activatable interleukin protein is evaluated for half-time elimination in animal studies.
  • the activatable interleukin protein is administered to cynomolgus monkeys as a 0.5 mg/kg bolus injection into the saphenous vein.
  • Another cynomolgus monkey group receives a comparable cytokine in size but lacking a serum half-life extension element.
  • a third and fourth group receive a cytokine with serum half-life extension elements and a cytokine with CD20 and serum half-life extension elements respectively, and both comparable in size to the activatable interleukin protein.
  • Each test group consists of 5 monkeys. Serum samples are taken at indicated time points, serially diluted, and the concentration of the proteins is determined using a binding ELISA to CD20.
  • Pharmacokinetic analysis is performed using the test article plasma concentrations.
  • Group mean plasma data for each test article conforms to a multi-exponential profile when plotted against the time post-dosing.
  • the data are fit by a standard two-compartment model with bolus input and first-order rate constants for distribution and elimination phases.
  • the ⁇ -phase is the initial phase of the clearance and reflects distribution of the protein into all extracellular fluid of the animal, whereas the second or ⁇ -phase portion of the decay curve represents true plasma clearance.
  • the activatable interleukin protein has improved pharmacokinetic parameters such as an increase in elimination half-time as compared to proteins lacking a serum half-life extension element.
  • Activatable interleukin protein is evaluated in a xenograft model.
  • mice Female immune-deficient NOD/scid mice are sub-lethally irradiated (2 Gy) and subcutaneously inoculated with 4 ⁇ 10 6 Ramos RA1 cells into the right dorsal flank. When tumors reach 100 to 200 mm 3 , animals are allocated into 3 treatment groups. Groups 2 and 3 (8 animals each) are intraperitoneally injected with 1.5 ⁇ 10 7 activated human T-cells. Three days later, animals from Group 3 are subsequently treated with a total of 9 intravenous doses of 50 ⁇ g activatable interleukin protein. Groups 1 and 2 are only treated with vehicle. Body weight and tumor volume are determined for 30 days.
  • the MC38 cell line a rapidly growing colon adenocarcinoma cell line that expresses MMP9 in vitro, was used. Using this tumor model, the ability of fusion proteins to affect tumor growth was examined.
  • Example 27A MC38 IL-2POC
  • mice were anaesthetized with isoflurane for implant of cells to reduce the ulcerations.
  • 308 CR female C57BL/6 mice were set up with 5 ⁇ 105 MC38 tumor cells in 0% Matrigel sc in flank.
  • Cell Injection Volume was 0.1 mL/mouse.
  • Mouse age at start date was 8 to 12 weeks. Pair matches were performed when tumors reach an average size of 100-150 mm 3 and begin treatment.
  • Body weights were taken at initiation and then biweekly to the end. Caliper measurements were taken biweekly to the end. Any adverse reactions were to be reported immediately. Any individual animal with a single observation of >than 30% body weight loss or three consecutive measurements of >25% body weight loss was euthanized.
  • Dosing volume was 0.2 mL/mouse for IL-2-WTI; 0.3 mL for ACP16, ACP130; 0.5 mL for ACP124. Do not adjust for body weight.
  • ACP16 current amount of required compound—13.45 mg
  • ACP130 current amount of required compound—25.83 mg
  • Necropsy was to be performed in case of unexpected toxicity
  • Example 27C MC38 IFN ⁇ and IL-12
  • mice were anaesthetized with isoflurane for implant of cells to reduce the ulcerations.
  • 308 CR female C57BL/6 mice were set up with 5 ⁇ 10 5 MC38 tumor cells in 0% Matrigel sc in flank.
  • Cell Injection Volume was 0.1 mL/mouse.
  • Mouse age at start date was 8 to 12 weeks. Pair matches were performed when tumors reach an average size of 100-150 mm 3 and begin treatment.
  • Body weights were taken at initiation and then biweekly to the end. Caliper measurements were taken biweekly to the end. Any adverse reactions were to be reported immediately. Any individual animal with a single observation of >than 30% body weight loss or three consecutive measurements of >25% body weight loss was euthanized.
  • ACP11 For ACP11, ACP31, ACP131, the amount needed per week was calculated, aliquoted accordingly, and stored at ⁇ 20 C. For each week of dosing, one aliquot was thawed and stored at 4 C, the required amount was diluted with PBS right before each injection. PBS was used as the vehicle for all tests.
  • Example 27D MC38 Rechallenge
  • mice were anaesthetized with isoflurane for implant of cells to reduce the ulcerations. This portion of the study began on the day of implant (Day 1).
  • Group 1 consisted of 33 CR female C57BL/6 mice set up with 5 ⁇ 105 MC38 tumor cells in 0% Matrigel subcutaneously in the flank.
  • Groups 2-6 consisted of 33 CR female C57BL/6 mice set up with 5 ⁇ 105 MC38 tumor cells in 0%/Matrigel sc in the left flank.
  • the tumors from the previous MC38 experiment (example 25 ⁇ ) were implanted in the right flank of each animal.
  • Cell Injection Volume was 0.1 mL/mouse. Age of control mice at initiation was 14 to 17 weeks.
  • mice were age matched to mice from the previous MC38 experiment (example 25 ⁇ ). No dosing of active agent occurred during rechallenge. Body Weights were taken biweekly until end, as were caliper measurements. Any adverse reactions or death were reported immediately. Any individual animal with a single observation of >than 30% body weight loss or three consecutive measurements of >25% body weight loss was euthanized. Endpoint was tumor growth delay (TGD). Animals were monitored individually. The endpoint of the experiment was a tumor volume of 1000 mm3 or 45 days, whichever comes first. Responders were followed longer when possible. When the endpoint is reached, the animals were euthanized.
  • TGD tumor growth delay
  • Example 27E Treatment with ACP16, APC153, ACP155, and ACP156 (See FIG. 58 )
  • mice were anaesthetized with isoflurane for implant of cells to reduce the ulcerations.
  • CR female C57BL/6 mice were set up with 5 ⁇ 10 5 MC38 tumor cells in 0% Matrigel sc in flank.
  • Cell Injection Volume was 0.1 mL/mouse.
  • Mouse age at start date was 8 to 12 weeks. Pair matches were performed when tumors reach an average size of 100-150 mm 3 and begin treatment.
  • ACP16 was dosed at 17, 55 or 230 g/animal; ACP153, ACP155 and ACP156 were dosed at 55 or 230 ⁇ g/animal.
  • Body weights were taken at initiation and then biweekly to the end. Caliper measurements were taken biweekly to the end. Any adverse reactions were to be reported immediately.
  • FRET fluorescent resonance energy transfer
  • Protease specificity screening was performed using Multiplexed Substrate Profiling by Mass Spectrometry (MSP-MS), the method described in, e.g. O'Donoghue A. J. et al., Nat Methods. 2012; 9(11): 1095-1100.
  • MSP-MS Multiplexed Substrate Profiling by Mass Spectrometry
  • This method employs a physico-chemically diverse peptide library as substrates for proteases, and reactions are monitored over time with mass spectrometric detection of cleaved products. The resulting cleavages are assessed for specific cleavage in the enzyme-treated sample by comparison with results from a no-enzyme control incubation. Sequence logos for motif analysis are generated with iceLogo software (v.1.2) (iomics.ugent.be/icelogoserver/).
  • Recombinant human enzymes were sourced from R&D Systems (Bio-techne): CTSL1 (#952-CY), ADAM17 (a.k.a. TACE, TNF-alpha Converting Enzyme) (#930-ADB), FAP-alpha (#930-ADB-010), MMP-14 (#918-MP-010), furin (#1503-SE-010), MMP-9 (#911-MP-010), thrombin (#2196-SE-200), thermolysin (#3097-ZN), Factor Xa (#1063-SE-010), hepsin (#4776-SE) and ADAM-TS1 (#2197-AD). Enzymes were activated and assayed following the manufacturer's recommendations.
  • MSP-MS reactions were then started with the mixing of enzyme and substrate, at final CTSL1 concentration of 0.04 ng/ ⁇ l (0.77 nM), and peptide substrate concentration at 500 nM.
  • ADAM17 activity was monitored following manufacturer's recommended conditions using the FRET substrate Mca-PLAQAV-Dpa-RSSSR-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 244), in the recommended assay buffer: 25 mM TRIS, 2.5 ⁇ M ZnCl 2 at the optimal pH 9.0, and also at physiological pH 7.4.
  • ADAM17 enzyme specificity was profiled in the MSP-MS experiment at pH 9.0 using 10 nM enzyme, and at pH 7.4 using 50 nM enzyme.
  • MMP-14 was activated following manufacturer's recommended conditions by pre-incubation with the enzyme furin, at a molar ratio of 1:100 furin to MMP-14, at 37° C. and pH 9.0 for 1.5 hours. FRET assays were performed using 20 nM MMP-14 at 37° C. in activation buffer: 50 mM TRIS HCl, 3 mM CaCl 2 , 1 ⁇ M ZnCl 2 at pH 8.5.
  • MMP9 was activated by incubation with 1 mM p-amino phenyl mercuric acetate (prepared from a stock at 100 mM in DMSO) for 24h at 37° C. in activation buffer: 50 mM TRIS HCl (pH 7.5), 10 mM CaCl 2 , 150 mM NaCl, 0.05% Brij35.
  • activation buffer 50 mM TRIS HCl (pH 7.5), 10 mM CaCl 2 , 150 mM NaCl, 0.05% Brij35.
  • the final enzyme concentration used for fluorescence assays was 2.5 nM.
  • FAP ⁇ activity was tested with fluorescence detection using a generic Z-GP-AMC substrate.
  • the final enzyme concentration was 5 nM and the buffer was 50 mM TRIS HCl, 1 M NaCl, 1 mg/mL BSA, pH 7.5.
  • Thrombin was activated following the manufacturer's recommended conditions by pre-incubation with the enzyme with thermolysin for 15 min, and then the thermolysin was quenched with 1,10 phenanthroline treatment.
  • Activated thrombin was assayed at 1.2 nM in activation buffer: 50 mM TRIS HCl, 10 mM CaCl 2 , 150 mM NaCl, 0.05% (w/v) Brij-35, pH 7.5.
  • Factor Xa was assayed at 4.7 nM enzyme, at 37° C. in the manufacturer recommended buffer: 50 mM TRIS, 10 mM CaCl 2 , 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.5.
  • Hepsin was pre-activated overnight at 37° C. in the manufacturer recommended buffer: 100 mM TRIS, 10 mM CaCl 2 , 150 mM NaCl, 0.05% Brij-35, pH 8.0. Activity was measured with 2.4 or 24 nM enzyme in the buffer: 50 mM TRIS HCl at pH 7.4.
  • ADAM-TS1 was assayed at 5 ⁇ M enzyme concentration in the manufacturer recommended buffer: 50 mM TRIS, 10 mM CaCl 2 ), 150 mM NaCl at pH 7.5.
  • Conditioned media and cell lysate samples were received from Charles River Laboratories for the murine colon cancer cell lines: MC38 (epithelial), CT26 (fibroblast), and CT26 transduced with a lentivirus for doxycyclin-inducible expression of MMP9 (CT26 pLVX MMP9-5T4+dox).
  • An immortalized mouse intestinal myofibroblast cell line (ABM Good #T0565) was used as a control stromal cell line, grown under manufacturer recommended conditions.
  • Conditioned media and cell lysate samples were also received for screening purposes from ABM Good for the immortalized mouse colonic epithelial cell line YAMC (ABM Good #T0567).
  • Conditioned media samples were prepared according to the standard protocol using logarithmic phase cells. Briefly, cells were grown for 16h in either serum-free media or in complete media containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). After conditioned media collection, the adherent cells were washed then lysed on plate with non-denaturing lysis buffer to produce a lysed “cell pellet” to capture any activity that remained associated with the cells. All cell culture-derived conditioned media samples, cell lysates from Charles River Laboratories, and cell lysates derived internally were processed with identical methods, to allow comparison between samples.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • the resulting conditioned media was buffer exchanged with PBS and concentrated to 10 ⁇ the original titer as a stock solution.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • K cat is the rate of product formation under steady-state conditions in units (s ⁇ 1 )
  • K M is the Michaelis constant that gives the substrate concentration in molar units (M) at which half maximum velocity of the reaction is produced for a given enzyme
  • [E 0 ] is the enzyme concentration
  • [S] the substrate concentration in (M).
  • the Michaelis-Menten parameters are as classically defined above.
  • the effective titer of conditioned media per assay was adjusted to approximately a 2 ⁇ concentrate of the original unprocessed media samples to assure that the detection range matched the signal produced.
  • the enzyme component in the calculation is redefined as a mixture of possible proteases that contribute to the cumulative observed activity, each with intrinsic reactivity toward a substrate. In this case, it is more appropriate to consider k cat and K M as macroscopic constants that represent the overall efficiency of catalysis, and E 0 is an enzyme equivalent, expressed in units of concentration.
  • k cat /K M can be fixed at that of the recombinant enzyme and enzyme equivalents per cell culture volume can be output.
  • the effective titer of enzyme equivalents in this case can be used to compare the activity produced by the different cell lines.
  • the ratios of enzyme equivalents between tumor and control cell lines may be a contributing factor to therapeutic index in a pro-drug employing protease-cleavable linkers.
  • the ADAM17 substrate with the sequence LAQKLKSS (ADAM17_2) (SEQ ID NO: 201), based on the results in the end-point screen experiments, had approximately 3-fold greater activity in the conditioned media produced from the three tumor cell lines, compared to the myofibroblast cell line ( FIG. 36 , black bars).
  • the activity of recombinant ADAM17 at 12 nM is shown in the same assay format.
  • the steady state kinetic curves for ADAM17 substrate are shown in FIG. 37 . There was essentially undetectable ADAM17_2 background activity in the myofibroblast sample.
  • CTSL1_1 The CTSL1 substrate, ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198) (CTSL1_1), based on the results in the end-point screen experiments, had undetectable activity in the control myofibroblast cell line, as well had low activity in the MC38 and CT26 parental cell lines, and had undetectable activity in the CT26-MMP9+ cell line ( FIG. 36 ).
  • This assay was benchmarked with CTSL1 at 1.5 nM, showing that the extracellular concentration of secreted CTSL1 activity was below this effective concentration across the four cell lines.
  • Re-analysis of conditioned media with the CTSL1_1 substrate using the steady-state kinetics analysis yielded no measurable activity above background.
  • the secreted activity for FAP ⁇ was very low, but was still detected in all three tumor cell lines ( FIG. 36 , blue bars).
  • the FAP ⁇ _1 activity was benchmarked with 5 nM FAP ⁇ enzyme. This enzyme is also found in a plasma membrane-associated form, therefore FAP ⁇ activity was also tested in the cell pellet fraction that was collected after the media conditioning procedure.
  • the MMP substrates MMP9_1 and MMP14_1 all had high activity in the end point screen, and the activity was significantly higher in the tumor cell lines than in the myofibroblast control cells.
  • MMP9_1 (second column from right, FIG. 38 ) had approximately 4-fold greater activity in the tumor lines than the myofibroblast control; and MMP14_1 had approximately 57-fold greater activity in the tumor lines.
  • the MMP14_1 substrate had the lowest activity in the myofibroblast cells, thus contributing to the higher ratio of tumor vs control in this assay. Secreted activity was measured for the MMP9_1 substrate in the conditioned media for each of the tumor cell lines using the steady-state kinetics analysis ( FIG. 36 ).
  • the myofibroblast cell line had an artefact in analysis of MMP9_1 secreted activity ( FIG. 36 ); this will be addressed with a repeat analysis at higher enzyme titer.
  • the MMP14_1 substrate had significant measurable activity in the conditioned media from the tumor cells but not in the myofibroblast cell line.
  • CTSL1_1 cleavage in tumor vs control cell lines in this screening format was ⁇ 1 ⁇ (grey bars, left-hand bar of each pair, FIG. 41 ).
  • FAP ⁇ fibroblast activating protein-alpha
  • CT26 fibroblast
  • myofibroblast cell lines an additional non-fibroblast, epithelial cell line was obtained as an alternate negative control cell line, comparable to the MC38 epithelial cell line.
  • YAMC immortalized mouse colonic epithelial cell line
  • YAMC's are given the calculated enzyme equivalents (nM) resulting from all of these steady state experiments, to allow for comparison of the amount of equivalent activity per sample.
  • the YAMC control epithelial cell line produced activity with the ADAM17_2 substrate equivalent to that of 0.52 ⁇ 0.03 nM of ADAM17 recombinant enzyme.
  • This cell line compares directly to MC38, also of epithelial origin, which had activity equivalent to that of 0.32 ⁇ 0.03 nM of ADAM17 recombinant enzyme.
  • YAMC cell line generally had more background activity than did the myofibroblast cell line with all of the substrates.
  • This cell line required non-standard cell culture conditions, including growth with murine IFN ⁇ , and at low temperature to maintain, and may not be fully representative of epithelial cell lines.
  • Example 33 Cleavage of CTSL1_2 Motif in the Context of an 8-Mer FRET Peptide and in the Context of an Extended Tandem Linker
  • CTSL1_2 motif has the sequence ALFFSSPP (SEQ ID NO: 199).
  • CTSL1 cleaves the FRET substrate bearing the CTSL1_1 motif highly efficiently ( FIG. 46 ).
  • initial experiments with the CTSL1_2 FRET substrate were inconclusive, possibly due to artifacts in the FRET assay; therefore, a new FRET peptide construct was designed with the 9-mer sequence ALFFSSPPS (SEQ ID NO: 236). This 9-mer FRET substrate bearing the CTSL1_2 motif produced comparable catalytic efficiency to the CTSL1_1 motif.
  • CTSL1_1 (SEQ ID NO: 207) SGGPGGPAGIGALFKSSFPLAQKLKSSGGG (CTSL1_2) (SEQ ID NO: 219) KSGPGGPAGIGALFFSSPPLAQKLKSSGGR
  • CTSL1_1 had a ⁇ 1 site product at ALF
  • CTSK Cathepsin K
  • the substrate CTSL1_2 although lacking a basic P1 residue (ALFFSSPP (SEQ ID NO: 199)) was measurably cleaved by CTSK but at a 15 ⁇ lower level than the CTSL1_1 substrate (ALFKSSFP (SEQ ID NO: 198)) FIG. 47 .
  • the specific activity for reference substrates such as Z-LR-AMC and Z-FR-AMC is 15,000-25,000 pmol/min/ ⁇ g, with the average value indicated by a dashed line in FIG. 47 .
  • the library of tandem linker sequences was designed to incorporate three individual protease motifs within the context of a longer, 30-mer peptide sequence.
  • Table 11 lists the sequences and motif arrangement of the 30-mer peptides.
  • motifs A, B, and C were arranged in all permutations.
  • the combination of motifs A, B, and C could be arranged as: A-B-C, C-A-B, B-C-A, B-A-C, A-C-B, and C-B-A.
  • MMP14_1, ADAM17_2, and CTSL1_1 were tested for the tandem combinations of MMP14_1, ADAM17_2, and CTSL1_1 as a broad set of motifs susceptible to matrix metalloprotease (MMP) activity (ALU30-11 to -16), and for FAP ⁇ _1 with ADAM17_2, and CTSL1_1 as a set with lower MMP sensitivity (ALU30-5 to -10).
  • MMP matrix metalloprotease
  • ADAM17 and CTSL1 Two additional peptides were designed, swapping the ADAM17_2 motif with ADAM17_1 (in ALU30-17), or CTSL1_1 with CTSL1_2 (in ALU30-18), demonstrating a strategy for testing further tandem linker designs with new individual protease motifs.
  • Catalytic efficiency (k cat /K M ) estimations were used to rank the top cleaved substrates in the MSP-MS reaction.
  • Peptides were quantified by mass spectrometric label-free quantitation from the MS1 precursor ion peak areas for each peptide.
  • Enzyme progress curves were modeled from six-time point measurements in GraphPad Prism. Data were fitted using non-linear least squares fitting to the first order kinetics equation:
  • the observed rate is a function of the enzyme concentration [E 0 ], and an observed catalytic efficiency (k cat /K M ) in units M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1
  • the substrate degradation traces for the 30-mer library peptides are shown from MMP9-treatment in FIG. 55 .
  • the most efficient MMP9 substrates were those that bore three-repeats of the MMP14_1 motif.
  • the next most efficient substrates contained the pair of motifs where MMP14_1 was followed directly by ADAM17_2.
  • the single or double MMP14_1 motif-bearing peptides were next in the order.
  • An unanticipated result was that the FAP ⁇ _1 motif was also cleaved within the peptides bearing FAP ⁇ _1 directly followed by the CTSL1_1 motif at PGGPAG
  • the FAP ⁇ _1 motif was not cleaved by MMP9, however, when followed either by the ADAM17_2 motif or the spacing residues GG.
  • the slowest peptides bear the MMP14_1 motif near the C-terminus of the 30-mer peptide. From this experiment, a trend emerged that MMP9 has additional sequence preferences in the downstream prime-side positions, and that the combination of MMP14_1 upstream of ADAM17_2 is most efficient.
  • FAP ⁇ was able to cleave both FAP ⁇ _1 and MMP14_1 motifs, at PGGP
  • Degradation of the 30-mer peptides by FAP ⁇ showed highest cleavage activity toward the peptides bearing tandem MMP14_1 motifs ( FIG. 50 , Alu30-4 or Alu30-3).
  • the peptide bearing two MMP14_1 motifs (Alu30-2) was also efficiently cleaved.
  • FAP ⁇ _1 motifs were cleaved more efficiently when followed by the ADAM17_1 or ADAM17_2 motifs than when followed by CTSL1_1 or CTSL1_2.
  • the Lys-bearing ADAM17_2 or CTSL1_1 motifs were lower efficiency than the new motifs tested in this experiment, ADAM17_1 and CTSL1_2.
  • FAP ⁇ _1 motif Another trend was a preference for cleavage of the FAP ⁇ _1 motif in the first or second position relative to the N-terminus of these peptides.
  • FAP ⁇ _1 motif When the FAP ⁇ _1 motif was in the third position closest to the C-terminus, these peptides were not cleaved (Alu30-7 or Alu30-8).
  • the MMP14_1 motif was readily cleaved in the third position closest to the C-terminus, but this was most evident in the tandem MMP14_1 motif-bearing peptides, where N-terminal cleavages assist in shortening the 30-mer.
  • FAP ⁇ could serve as a secondary-cleaving enzyme after activation with a first enzyme elsewhere in a hybrid linker design.
  • CTSL1 treatment of the 30-mer peptide library produced cleavages in all peptides bearing a CTSL1_1 or CTSL1_2 motif ( FIG. 51 ).
  • the most efficiently cleaved peptides were those containing the FAPa_1, CTSL1_1 and ADAM17_2 motifs, in multiple orders.
  • Peptides bearing the MMP14_1 motif with CTSL1_1 and ADAM17_2 were slightly lower efficiency.
  • CTSL1 motifs in the middle of the 30-mer peptides were also favorable, thus CTSL1 may be able to serve as a first cleavage in the hybrid motifs.
  • ADAM17 produced cleavages in all peptides bearing an ADAM17_1 or ADAM17_2 motif as well ( FIG. 52 ).
  • the most efficient peptide cleavages occurred in the peptides containing ADAM17_2, CTSL1_1 and FAP ⁇ _1 motifs. Slightly lower efficiency cleavages were obtained in peptides containing the MMP14_1 with ADAM17_2 and CTSL1_1.
  • Peptides bearing only the MMP14_1 motif were not cleaved.
  • the library peptide Alu30-19 was designed to include authentic sites for each enzyme, for comparison of overall cleavage efficiency as well as cleavage site specificity within each motif.
  • the substrate designed for Factor Xa has the motif FNPR
  • the substrate motif for Thrombin was FPR
  • the substrate motif for hepsin was RKRR
  • FIG. 53 Shown in FIG. 53 are the results of Factor Xa cleavage.
  • the authentic cleavage site motif was Peptide Alu30-19 with this motif was completely degraded before the 5 min time point. Products of the Alu30-19 cleavage were formed from all three sites in this peptide. In comparison, the only library peptide with significant cleavage was Alu30-5, cleaved at the CTSL1_1 motif ALFKS
  • CTSL1_1 motif all other peptides bearing a CTSL1_1 motif were cleaved by Factor Xa at either ALF
  • the ADAM17 motifs were also cleaved at KLK
  • the peptide with the motif CTSL1_2 was cleaved at the lowest efficiency.
  • Thrombin showed higher activity than Factor Xa, and it cleaved each of the 30-mer peptides.
  • the MMP14_1 motifs were cleaved at GPAG
  • the two alternate ADAM17 motifs were cleaved with similar efficiency (peptides Alu30-17 vs Alu30-9). However, the CTSL1_2 motif had lower cleavage activity than did the CTSL1_1 motif (peptides Alu30-18 vs Alu30-6).
  • the peptides Alu30-1 and Alu30-3 were the most rapidly cleaved in the library, and Alu30-4 was also an efficient substrate, showing the susceptibility of MMP14_1 motifs in this experiment.
  • the peptide Alu30-2, bearing two MMP14_1 motifs was less susceptible to thrombin, however, potentially due to altered spacing with additional glycine residues between motifs.
  • peptides Alu30-12, Alu30-13 and Alu30-15, with MMP14_1 motifs in combination with ADAM17_2 and CTSL1_1, were cleaved at lower efficiency by thrombin.
  • increased spacing between the motifs or specific arrangements may rescue a thrombin-susceptible linker design ( FIG. 54 ).
  • the favored arrangements for reducing thrombin susceptibility include using ADAM17_2 upstream of CTSL1_1, and CTSL1_1 upstream of FAP ⁇ _1.
  • the library peptides were all cleaved at P1 Lys sites, QKLK
  • tandem linker analysis with mass spectrometric detection revealed motif order preferences and unexpected side-reactions.
  • the tandem linker with the arrangement of ADAM17_2-MMP14_1-CTSL1_1 in the peptide Alu30-16 had generally high activity toward the full set of five targeted enzymes, as well as the lowest susceptibility to thrombin, Factor Xa, and hepsin.
  • the next best configuration was MMP14_1-ADAM17_2-CTSL1_1 in Alu30-15 which, although it had slightly higher hepsin susceptibility and lower CTSL1 activity may be rescued by the replacement with the CTSL1_2 motif.
  • Replacement of the ADAM17_2 motif with ADAM17_1 may also enhance activity toward FAP-alpha and CTSL1, even if ADAM17 activity enhancement is minor, and hepsin susceptibility would be predicted to be reduced.
  • IL2 fusion proteins The stability of IL2 fusion proteins in human serum (normal and cancer patient) was measured using capillary electrophoresis-based immunoassays (Jess instrument, Protein Simple). Fusion proteins were concentrated to 10 mg/ml and incubated with serum (90%). A time zero sample was immediately stored on ice while 24 hour and 72 hour samples were placed at 37° C. Post incubation, samples were diluted 1:1000 with 0.1 ⁇ sample buffer (Protein Simple) and loaded on the Jess cartridge per the manufacturer's protocol.
  • Jess instrument Protein Simple
  • the primary antibody was a monoclonal human IL2 antibody (R&D Systems, cat #AF-202-NA, stock concentration 0.2 mg/ml, working concentration 1:100), and the secondary antibody was a peroxidase-conjugated AffiniPure Bovine Anti Goat IgG (H+L) (Jackson Immuno Research, cat #805-035-18, reconstituted at 0.8 mg/ml, working concentration 1:5000 dilution). All antibodies were diluted in milk free diluent (Protein Simple). Quantitation of IL2 containing species was quantitated using Compass software (Protein Simple) to determine the extent of cleavage (i.e. amount of IL2 containing species smaller than the input fusion protein). Results are shown in FIGS. 24A-24B .
  • Primary human lung epithelial cells and renal epithelial cells were obtained from ATCC. Primary hepatocytes were obtained from Lonza and Sigma. Cells were thawed, counted, and plated at 1e4 cells per well in a 96 well round bottom plate in their respective growth medias. Polypeptides containing recombinant human IL-2 and the sequence for Linker-2 and Linker-3 were incubated with cells or media alone for 24 and 72 hours at a concentration 5 ⁇ g/mL. Cell culture supernatants were collected, and cells were discarded. Protein cleavage was measured by western blot for IL-2 using the protein simple JESS system and Compass software. Results are shown in FIG. 5 .
  • Primary human lung fibroblasts were obtained from ATCC. Prior to the processing assay, human PBMCs were stimulated with 5 ug/mL PHA for 72 hours to generate T blasts, which were then frozen and used to measure polypeptide processing. Primary human fibroblasts were thawed, counted, and plated at 1e5 cells per well in a 96 well round bottom plate in X-Vivo 15 media.
  • Polypeptides containing recombinant human IL-2 and the sequence for Linker-1 (GPAGMKGL, SEQ ID NO: 196), Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198), or a non-cleavable sequence were incubated with or without fibroblasts cells for 48 hours at a concentration of either A) 3.3 nM or B) 0.33 nM.
  • As a positive control some wells were also incubated with a polypeptide that was pre-cut in vitro overnight with 1 ⁇ g pre-activated MMP9 enzyme at 37° C. After 48 hours, cell culture supernatants were collected and healthy fibroblasts were discarded.
  • Polypeptide processing was measured either by A) western blot for IL-2 using the protein simple JESS system, or by B) measuring the capacity of the cell culture supernatants to stimulate T blast proliferation. Briefly, T blasts were incubated for 72 hours with cell culture supernatants containing polypeptides previously exposed to healthy human fibroblasts, before T blast proliferation was measured by Cell Titer Glow analysis. Results are shown in FIG. 6A-6B .
  • Cleavage efficiency of Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195) was evaluated in tumor tissue derived from human samples. A total of 66 samples were analyzed from seven solid tumor types. The tumor types are shown in Table 5 below.
  • DTC frozen dissociated tumor cells
  • IL-2 cytokine containing Linker 1 (a cleavable linker that was not designed using the processes described herein) or Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195).
  • Linker 1 a cleavable linker that was not designed using the processes described herein
  • Linker-2 GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195.
  • IL-2 proteins have no or minimal IL-2 biological activity when the linker is intact, and IL-2 biological activity is induced when the linker is cleaved.
  • Cell culture supernatants were collected and frozen before analysis for IL-2 biological activity using T-Blast proliferation and Jess protein assays.
  • the minimum fold change in IL-2 activity is 1.00, and the maximum is 2.50.
  • a 1.3 fold change is indicative of a significant increase in biological activity relative to the uncleaved control.
  • Table 5 shows the average fold change for Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195) in comparison to an uncleaved control, a cleaved control, and Linker-1.
  • the symbol “ ⁇ ” indicate essentially no increase in activity; “+/ ⁇ ” indicates some increase in activity but not significant; “+,” “++,” and “+++” indicate the relative significant increase in activity compared to the uncleavable control.
  • Linker-2 is sufficiently cleaved in human tumor types to induce IL-2 biological activity.
  • Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) was evaluated in tumor tissue derived from human samples. A total of 66 samples were analyzed from seven solid tumor types. The tumor types are shown in Table 6 below.
  • the minimum fold change in IL-2 activity is 1.00, and the maximum is 2.50.
  • a 1.3 fold change is indicative of a significant increase in biological activity relative to the uncleaved control.
  • Table 6 shows the average fold change for Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) in comparison to an uncleaved control, a cleaved control, and Linker 1.
  • the symbol “ ⁇ ” indicate essentially no increase in activity; “+/ ⁇ ” indicates some increase in activity but not significant; “+,” “++,” and “+++” indicate the relative significant increase in activity compared to the uncleavable control.
  • Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) is sufficiently cleaved in human tumor types to induce IL-2 biological activity.
  • a stable HT-1080 cell line expressing human 4-1BB was established. Agonism of human-4-1BB in these cells resulted in increased secretion of IL-8. Tetravalent monospecific antibodies, inducible format tetravalent monospecific antibodies (protease cleaved or uncleaved), or trimeric ligands were tested for ability to agonize 4-1BB.
  • Exemplary polypeptide constructs are detailed herein in Appendix A. While the exemplary polypeptides that contain Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) or other cleavable linkers are disclosed in Appendix A, for each construct, the disclosed linker can be replaced with either Linker-2 (GPAGLYAQ, SEQ ID NO: 195), or Linker-3 (ALFKSSFP, SEQ ID NO: 198) or other cleavable linkers disclosed herein. For example construct
  • L refers to a linker.
  • X refers to a cleavable linker.
  • L refers a linker that is optionally cleavable. When L is the only linker in a polypeptide, L is cleavable.
  • LX or “XL” each refer to a cleavable linker with an extended non-cleavable sequence adjacent to it. Cleav. Lin. Also refers to a cleavable linker.
  • Other abbreviations used include: “mIFNg” for mouse interferon gamma (IFNg); (5) “hAlbumin” for human serum albumin (HSA); and (6) “mAlbumin” indicates mouse serum albumin.
  • Linker -mouse p40-mouse p35-(Cleav. Linker)-(anti-HSA)-6xHis ACP37 (anti-EpCAM)-(anti-HSA)-(Cleav. Linker)-mouse p40-mouse p35-(Cleav.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Enzymes And Modification Thereof (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
US17/082,955 2019-05-14 2020-10-28 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof Pending US20210115102A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/082,955 US20210115102A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-10-28 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof
US17/677,473 US11739132B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2022-02-22 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof
US18/315,927 US20230272028A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2023-05-11 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962847914P 2019-05-14 2019-05-14
US201962938786P 2019-11-21 2019-11-21
PCT/US2020/032988 WO2020232305A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-05-14 Separation moieties and methods and use thereof
US17/082,955 US20210115102A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-10-28 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2020/032988 Continuation WO2020232305A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-05-14 Separation moieties and methods and use thereof

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/677,473 Continuation US11739132B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2022-02-22 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210115102A1 true US20210115102A1 (en) 2021-04-22

Family

ID=73289342

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/082,955 Pending US20210115102A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-10-28 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof
US17/677,473 Active US11739132B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2022-02-22 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof
US18/315,927 Pending US20230272028A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2023-05-11 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/677,473 Active US11739132B2 (en) 2019-05-14 2022-02-22 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof
US18/315,927 Pending US20230272028A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2023-05-11 Separation moieties and methods of use thereof

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (3) US20210115102A1 (https=)
EP (1) EP3969035A4 (https=)
JP (3) JP7754723B2 (https=)
KR (1) KR20220023988A (https=)
CN (1) CN114450022A (https=)
AU (2) AU2020275877B2 (https=)
BR (1) BR112021022666A2 (https=)
CA (1) CA3137512A1 (https=)
IL (1) IL287977A (https=)
MX (1) MX2021013766A (https=)
SG (1) SG11202112541RA (https=)
WO (1) WO2020232305A1 (https=)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11365233B2 (en) 2020-04-10 2022-06-21 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable cytokine constructs and related compositions and methods
WO2022140388A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. Protease-activating cd45-gate car
WO2022165233A1 (en) 2021-01-29 2022-08-04 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. KNOCKDOWN OR KNOCKOUT OF ONE OR MORE OF TAP2, NLRC5, β2m, TRAC, RFX5, RFXAP AND RFXANK TO MITIGATE T CELL RECOGNITION OF ALLOGENEIC CELL PRODUCTS
US11667687B2 (en) 2021-03-16 2023-06-06 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Masked activatable interferon constructs
WO2023161853A1 (en) 2022-02-23 2023-08-31 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Activatable il-18 polypeptides
WO2023150733A3 (en) * 2022-02-04 2023-10-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Surrogate cytokine polypeptides
US11866476B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2024-01-09 Xilio Development, Inc. Masked IL-2-Fc fusion polypeptides
WO2024026445A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Allogene Therapeutics Inc. Engineered cells with reduced gene expression to mitigate immune cell recognition
WO2024150175A1 (en) 2023-01-11 2024-07-18 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Conditionally activated proteins and methods of use
WO2024150174A1 (en) 2023-01-11 2024-07-18 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Conditionally activated immunocytokines and methods of use
WO2025041101A1 (en) 2023-08-23 2025-02-27 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Activatable il-18 immunocytokines and uses thereof
WO2024211877A3 (en) * 2023-04-06 2025-04-17 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Il-12 prodrugs, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions
US12280120B2 (en) 2020-11-25 2025-04-22 Xilio Development, Inc. Tumor-specific cleavable linkers
WO2025096560A1 (en) 2023-10-30 2025-05-08 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. Engineered cells
EP4362966A4 (en) * 2021-06-30 2025-07-30 Univ California MEMBRANE-INTERACTING PEPTIDES CAPABLE OF BEING ACTIVATED BY GRANZYME AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US12465640B2 (en) 2019-02-25 2025-11-11 The University Of Chicago Methods and compositions for treating inflammatory and autoimmune conditions with ECM-affinity peptides linked to anti-inflammatory agents

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111315395A (zh) 2017-09-06 2020-06-19 耶鲁大学 白细胞介素-18变体和使用方法
BR112022009110A2 (pt) 2019-11-14 2022-07-26 Werewolf Therapeutics Inc Polipeptídeos de citocina ativáveis e métodos de uso destes
CN110862459A (zh) * 2019-11-18 2020-03-06 温州医科大学 Hpv16e7亲和体负载颗粒酶b的亲和毒素靶向分子及其用途
EP4232069A1 (en) 2020-10-26 2023-08-30 Cytune Pharma Il-2/il-15rbetagamma agonist for treating squamous cell carcinoma
MX2023004880A (es) 2020-10-26 2023-05-11 Cytune Pharma AGONISTA DE IL-2/IL-15RßY PARA EL TRATAMIENTO DE CÁNCER DE PIEL QUE NO ES MELANOMA.
EP4360658A1 (en) * 2022-10-28 2024-05-01 Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Compounds for detection of oral inflammation
EP4694916A1 (en) 2023-04-14 2026-02-18 SOTIO Biotech Inc. Engineered immune cells for treating cancer in combination with il-2/il-15 receptor ?? agonists
WO2025072450A1 (en) 2023-09-26 2025-04-03 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Enhanced adoptive cell therapy
WO2025122957A1 (en) * 2023-12-08 2025-06-12 Amunix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protease activatable cytokines and methods for making and using the same
WO2025151274A1 (en) 2024-01-08 2025-07-17 Adimab, Llc Inducible il-18 prodrugs
WO2025240781A2 (en) 2024-05-15 2025-11-20 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Modified antibodies and immunoglobulin formats
WO2026072455A1 (en) 2024-09-26 2026-04-02 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Single domain human serum albumin antibodies

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5288931A (en) * 1991-12-06 1994-02-22 Genentech, Inc. Method for refolding insoluble, misfolded insulin-like growth factor-I into an active conformation
US20030045474A1 (en) * 2001-07-05 2003-03-06 University Of Zurich Pharmaceutical compositions
WO2003106381A2 (en) * 2002-06-12 2003-12-24 Exelixis, Inc. Human adam-10 inhibitors
US7112660B1 (en) * 1999-05-26 2006-09-26 European Molecular Biology Laboratory Modified cytokine
US8734774B2 (en) * 2010-04-02 2014-05-27 University Of Rochester Protease activated cytokines
US20140154743A1 (en) * 2011-02-03 2014-06-05 Raphael D. Levy Methods and materials for enhancing functional protein expression in bacteria
US10822419B2 (en) * 2015-06-26 2020-11-03 University Of Southern California Masking chimeric antigen receptor T cells for tumor-specific activation
US11406710B2 (en) * 2017-09-08 2022-08-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Constrained conditionally activated binding proteins

Family Cites Families (177)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4419446A (en) 1980-12-31 1983-12-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Recombinant DNA process utilizing a papilloma virus DNA as a vector
US4601978A (en) 1982-11-24 1986-07-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Mammalian metallothionein promoter system
US4560655A (en) 1982-12-16 1985-12-24 Immunex Corporation Serum-free cell culture medium and process for making same
US4657866A (en) 1982-12-21 1987-04-14 Sudhir Kumar Serum-free, synthetic, completely chemically defined tissue culture media
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4767704A (en) 1983-10-07 1988-08-30 Columbia University In The City Of New York Protein-free culture medium
US4965199A (en) 1984-04-20 1990-10-23 Genentech, Inc. Preparation of functional human factor VIII in mammalian cells using methotrexate based selection
GB8516415D0 (en) 1985-06-28 1985-07-31 Celltech Ltd Culture of animal cells
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
GB8601597D0 (en) 1986-01-23 1986-02-26 Wilson R H Nucleotide sequences
US4927762A (en) 1986-04-01 1990-05-22 Cell Enterprises, Inc. Cell culture medium with antioxidant
WO1988007089A1 (en) 1987-03-18 1988-09-22 Medical Research Council Altered antibodies
US5606040A (en) 1987-10-30 1997-02-25 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor and antibacterial substituted disulfide derivatives prepared from compounds possessing a methyl-trithio group
US5770701A (en) 1987-10-30 1998-06-23 American Cyanamid Company Process for preparing targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
AU632065B2 (en) 1988-09-23 1992-12-17 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Cell culture medium for enhanced cell growth, culture longevity and product expression
EP0368684B2 (en) 1988-11-11 2004-09-29 Medical Research Council Cloning immunoglobulin variable domain sequences.
US5089261A (en) 1989-01-23 1992-02-18 Cetus Corporation Preparation of a polymer/interleukin-2 conjugate
SE509359C2 (sv) 1989-08-01 1999-01-18 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Användning av stabiliserade protein- eller peptidkonjugat för framställning av ett läkemedel
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
EP1690934A3 (en) 1990-01-12 2008-07-30 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6673986B1 (en) 1990-01-12 2004-01-06 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
US6150584A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5891693A (en) 1990-01-25 1999-04-06 Alusuisse Holdings A.G. Recombinant DNA methods vectors and host cells
WO1992003569A1 (en) 1990-08-29 1992-03-05 Centre Hospitalier Regional De Nantes Protein polyligands joined to a stable protein core
US5122469A (en) 1990-10-03 1992-06-16 Genentech, Inc. Method for culturing Chinese hamster ovary cells to improve production of recombinant proteins
US5264365A (en) 1990-11-09 1993-11-23 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Protease-deficient bacterial strains for production of proteolytically sensitive polypeptides
US5508192A (en) 1990-11-09 1996-04-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bacterial host strains for producing proteolytically sensitive polypeptides
US5650150A (en) 1990-11-09 1997-07-22 Gillies; Stephen D. Recombinant antibody cytokine fusion proteins
US5571894A (en) 1991-02-05 1996-11-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Recombinant antibodies specific for a growth factor receptor
WO1993006217A1 (en) 1991-09-19 1993-04-01 Genentech, Inc. EXPRESSION IN E. COLI OF ANTIBODY FRAGMENTS HAVING AT LEAST A CYSTEINE PRESENT AS A FREE THIOL, USE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF BIFUNCTIONAL F(ab')2 ANTIBODIES
FI941572L (fi) 1991-10-07 1994-05-27 Oncologix Inc Anti-erbB-2-monoklonaalisten vasta-aineiden yhdistelmä ja käyttömenetelmä
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
AU675929B2 (en) 1992-02-06 1997-02-27 Curis, Inc. Biosynthetic binding protein for cancer marker
WO1993022332A2 (en) 1992-04-24 1993-11-11 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Recombinant production of immunoglobulin-like domains in prokaryotic cells
MD1367C2 (ro) 1992-11-13 2000-11-30 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Metode de tratament al limfomului celulelor B, anticorpi anti-CD20, hibridom.
US5635483A (en) 1992-12-03 1997-06-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tumor inhibiting tetrapeptide bearing modified phenethyl amides
US5780588A (en) 1993-01-26 1998-07-14 Arizona Board Of Regents Elucidation and synthesis of selected pentapeptides
AU691811B2 (en) 1993-06-16 1998-05-28 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Antibodies
US5773001A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-06-30 American Cyanamid Company Conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents and intermediates for their synthesis
US5639635A (en) 1994-11-03 1997-06-17 Genentech, Inc. Process for bacterial production of polypeptides
US5731168A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US5739277A (en) 1995-04-14 1998-04-14 Genentech Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
US5712374A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-01-27 American Cyanamid Company Method for the preparation of substantiallly monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
US5714586A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-02-03 American Cyanamid Company Methods for the preparation of monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
GB9603256D0 (en) 1996-02-16 1996-04-17 Wellcome Found Antibodies
WO1997038123A1 (en) 1996-04-05 1997-10-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for producing soluble, biologically-active disulfide bond-containing eukaryotic proteins in bacterial cells
US5834597A (en) 1996-05-20 1998-11-10 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Mutated nonactivating IgG2 domains and anti CD3 antibodies incorporating the same
DE19701141C1 (de) * 1997-01-16 1998-04-09 Hoechst Ag Genkonstrukte für durch Proteasen aktivierbare Wirksubstanzen
US6277375B1 (en) 1997-03-03 2001-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives
US6083715A (en) 1997-06-09 2000-07-04 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for producing heterologous disulfide bond-containing polypeptides in bacterial cells
ATE296315T1 (de) 1997-06-24 2005-06-15 Genentech Inc Galactosylierte glykoproteine enthaltende zusammensetzungen und verfahren zur deren herstellung
WO1999022764A1 (en) 1997-10-31 1999-05-14 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising glycoprotein glycoforms
ES2292236T3 (es) 1998-04-02 2008-03-01 Genentech, Inc. Variantes de anticuerpos y sus fragmentos.
ES2434961T5 (es) 1998-04-20 2018-01-18 Roche Glycart Ag Ingeniería de glicosilación de anticuerpos para mejorar la citotoxicidad celular dependiente del anticuerpo
EP1176195B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2013-05-22 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
US20040031072A1 (en) * 1999-05-06 2004-02-12 La Rosa Thomas J. Soy nucleic acid molecules and other molecules associated with transcription plants and uses thereof for plant improvement
AU771632B2 (en) * 1999-09-24 2004-04-01 Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services, The Mutated anthrax toxin protective antigen proteins that specifically target cells containing high amounts of cell-surface metalloproteinases or plasminogen activator receptors
IT1306736B1 (it) 1999-10-29 2001-10-02 Benito Salmi Dispositivo di contenimento e distribuzione di palloni per tiri alvolo.
ATE344801T1 (de) 1999-12-29 2006-11-15 Immunogen Inc Doxorubicin- und daunorubicin-enthaltende, zytotoxische mittel und deren therapeutische anwendung
EP2206720A1 (en) 2000-04-12 2010-07-14 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Albumin fusion proteins
US20040014652A1 (en) 2000-06-01 2004-01-22 Andre Trouet Tumor activated prodrug compounds and methods of making and using the same
DE10045592A1 (de) 2000-09-15 2002-03-28 Klaus Pfizenmaier Ein Antikörper-TNF-TNF Inhibitor Fusionsprotein (TNF-Selektokin) als zielspezifisches Prozytokin zur Tumortherapie
US7064191B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2006-06-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for purifying antibody
CN1487996B (zh) 2000-11-30 2010-06-16 米德列斯公司 用于生产人类抗体的转基因转染色体啮齿动物
PT1355919E (pt) 2000-12-12 2011-03-02 Medimmune Llc Moléculas com semivida longa, composições que as contêm e suas utilizações
US6942853B2 (en) 2001-01-09 2005-09-13 Queen Mary And Westfield College Latent fusion protein
US7211395B2 (en) 2001-03-09 2007-05-01 Dyax Corp. Serum albumin binding moieties
EP2180044A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2010-04-28 GlycArt Biotechnology AG Antibody glycosylation variants having increased anti-body-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
US7371371B2 (en) 2001-08-13 2008-05-13 University Of Southern California Interleukin-2 mutants with reduced toxicity
HUP0600342A3 (en) 2001-10-25 2011-03-28 Genentech Inc Glycoprotein compositions
AU2002364587A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-07-30 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Albumin fusion proteins
EP2261250B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2015-07-01 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. GCSF-Albumin fusion proteins
US20040093621A1 (en) 2001-12-25 2004-05-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20
US20040259150A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-12-23 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Method of enhancing of binding activity of antibody composition to Fcgamma receptor IIIa
JP4832719B2 (ja) 2002-04-09 2011-12-07 協和発酵キリン株式会社 ＦｃγＲＩＩＩａ多型患者に適応する抗体組成物含有医薬
ATE503829T1 (de) 2002-04-09 2011-04-15 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd Zelle mit erniedrigter oder deletierter aktivität eines am gdp-fucosetransport beteiligten proteins
CA2481920A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Antibody composition-containing medicament
US20040132140A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2004-07-08 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Production process for antibody composition
US8809504B2 (en) 2002-09-03 2014-08-19 Vit Lauermann Inhibitor which is deactivatable by a reagent produced by a target cell
US20060236411A1 (en) 2002-10-14 2006-10-19 Ingeborg Dreher Antagonists il-15
US7361740B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2008-04-22 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
CA2505316C (en) 2002-11-08 2014-08-05 Ablynx N.V. Single domain antibodies directed against tumour necrosis factor-alpha and uses therefor
EP3263596A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2018-01-03 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
NZ541122A (en) 2002-12-26 2008-09-26 Mountain View Pharmaceuticals Polymer conjugates of cytokines, chemokines, growth factors, polypeptide hormones and antagonists thereof with preserved receptor-binding activity
JP2007527695A (ja) 2003-04-09 2007-10-04 アステリオン・リミテッド グリコシルホスファチジルイノシトールを含有するポリペプチド
US20080241884A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2008-10-02 Kenya Shitara Fused Protein Composition
JPWO2005035778A1 (ja) 2003-10-09 2006-12-21 協和醗酵工業株式会社 α１，６−フコシルトランスフェラーゼの機能を抑制するＲＮＡを用いた抗体組成物の製造法
US7498298B2 (en) 2003-11-06 2009-03-03 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Monomethylvaline compounds capable of conjugation to ligands
WO2005053742A1 (ja) 2003-12-04 2005-06-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. 抗体組成物を含有する医薬
ES2567634T3 (es) 2004-02-09 2016-04-25 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Proteínas de fusión de albúmina
AU2004101073B4 (en) 2004-12-21 2005-08-18 Kerry William O'Hanlon A Beverage Container Holder
EP3050963B1 (en) 2005-03-31 2019-09-18 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Process for production of polypeptide by regulation of assembly
WO2006110728A2 (en) 2005-04-12 2006-10-19 The Uab Research Foundation Immunogenic cmv tegument aggregates
US20070269422A1 (en) 2006-05-17 2007-11-22 Ablynx N.V. Serum albumin binding proteins with long half-lives
US8334365B2 (en) 2006-06-07 2012-12-18 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Albumin fusion proteins
EP1867660A1 (en) 2006-06-14 2007-12-19 CSL Behring GmbH Proteolytically cleavable fusion protein comprising a blood coagulation factor
US7939632B2 (en) * 2006-06-14 2011-05-10 Csl Behring Gmbh Proteolytically cleavable fusion proteins with high molar specific activity
EP2048939A4 (en) * 2006-08-17 2010-04-28 Monsanto Technology Llc TRANSGENIC PLANTS WITH ADVANCED AGRONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS
JP2010503396A (ja) 2006-09-14 2010-02-04 ヒューマン ジノーム サイエンシーズ， インコーポレイテッド アルブミン融合タンパク質
US20080302732A1 (en) 2007-05-24 2008-12-11 Hyongsok Soh Integrated fluidics devices with magnetic sorting
CA2697032C (en) 2007-08-22 2021-09-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Activatable binding polypeptides and methods of identification and use thereof
JP2011512134A (ja) 2008-02-19 2011-04-21 アステリオン・リミテッド 修飾リンカー
US8575102B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2013-11-05 Nektar Therapeutics Conjugates having a releasable linkage
GB0815216D0 (en) 2008-08-21 2008-09-24 Asterion Ltd Interleukin
US20100189651A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-29 Cytomx Therapeutics, Llc Modified antibody compositions, methods of making and using thereof
JP5861223B2 (ja) 2009-02-23 2016-02-16 サイトムエックス セラピューティクス, インク.CytomX Therapeutics, Inc. プロタンパク質およびその使用方法
US20120269765A1 (en) 2009-07-24 2012-10-25 Garcia K Christopher Cytokine compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2011044563A2 (en) 2009-10-10 2011-04-14 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Il-17 family cytokine compositions and uses
US10233228B2 (en) 2010-04-09 2019-03-19 Albumedix Ltd Albumin derivatives and variants
WO2012054929A2 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Protox Therapeutics Corp. Use of human serum albumin to decrease antigenicity of therapeutic proteins
CN103347893A (zh) 2010-11-01 2013-10-09 诺维信生物制药丹麦公司 白蛋白变体
CU23923B1 (es) 2010-11-12 2013-07-31 Ct De Inmunología Molecular Polipéptidos derivados de la il-2 con actividad agonista
ES2866674T3 (es) 2010-11-12 2021-10-19 Nektar Therapeutics Conjugados de una fracción de IL-2 y un polímero
CN104540518A (zh) 2012-04-27 2015-04-22 西托姆克斯治疗公司 结合表皮生长因子受体的可活化的抗体其使用方法
WO2013192546A1 (en) 2012-06-22 2013-12-27 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable antibodies having non-binding steric moieties and mehtods of using the same
MX2014016038A (es) 2012-06-22 2015-08-14 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc Anticuerpos de reaccion cruzada anti - jagged 1 / jagged 2, anticuerpos anti - jagged activables y metodos para uso de los mismos.
IN2015KN00329A (https=) 2012-08-09 2015-07-10 Univ Leland Stanford Junior
US9309510B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2016-04-12 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Protease-resistant systems for polypeptide display and methods of making and using thereof
US9487590B2 (en) 2012-09-25 2016-11-08 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable antibodies that bind interleukin-6 receptor and methods of use thereof
WO2014100014A1 (en) 2012-12-17 2014-06-26 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Super-2 complexes with antibody to augment il-2 therapy
CA2896282C (en) 2013-01-04 2021-07-20 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting protease activity in biological systems
WO2014120555A1 (en) 2013-01-31 2014-08-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Antibodies specific for urokinase-type plasminogen activator and methods of use thereof
US20160152686A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-06-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fibronectin based scaffold domains linked to serum albumin or moiety binding thereto
US9517276B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2016-12-13 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for conjugating activatable antibodies
CN105722859B (zh) 2013-07-25 2021-05-07 西托姆克斯治疗公司 多特异性抗体、多特异性可活化抗体及其使用方法
CA2925106C (en) * 2013-09-25 2023-11-14 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Matrix metalloproteinase substrates and other cleavable moieties and methods of use thereof
WO2015066279A2 (en) 2013-10-30 2015-05-07 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable antibodies that bind epidermal growth factor receptor and methods of use thereof
US9737623B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2017-08-22 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies that bind activatable antibodies and methods of use thereof
IL270562B (en) 2014-01-31 2022-08-01 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc Polypeptide substrates that activate matriptase and u-plasminogen and other cleavable groups, preparations containing them and their uses
MX385194B (es) 2014-02-21 2025-03-14 Nektar Therapeutics India Pvt Ltd Agonistas il-2rbeta-selectivos en combinación con un anticuerpo anti-ctla-4 o un anticuerpo anti-pd-1.
WO2015164815A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Superagonists, partial agonists and antagonists of interleukin-2
JP7020909B2 (ja) 2014-07-25 2022-02-16 シトムクス セラピューティクス，インコーポレイティド 抗－ｃｄ３抗体、活性化可能抗－ｃｄ３抗体、多重特異的抗－ｃｄ３抗体、多重特異的活性化可能抗－ｃｄ３抗体、及びそれらの使用方法
MA41374A (fr) 2015-01-20 2017-11-28 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc Substrats clivables par métalloprotéase matricielle et clivables par sérine protéase et procédés d'utilisation de ceux-ci
CN108112254B (zh) 2015-03-13 2022-01-28 西托姆克斯治疗公司 抗-pdl1抗体、可活化的抗-pdl1抗体、及其使用方法
BR112017023862A2 (pt) 2015-05-04 2018-07-17 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc anticorpos anti-cd71, anticorpos anti-cd71 ativáveis, e métodos de uso destes
CN107849133B (zh) 2015-05-04 2022-08-23 西托姆克斯治疗公司 抗cd166抗体、可活化抗cd166抗体及其使用方法
CA2984892A1 (en) 2015-05-04 2016-11-10 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-itga3 antibodies, activatable anti-itga3 antibodies, and methods of use thereof
EA201792573A1 (ru) 2015-05-21 2018-04-30 Харпун Терапьютикс, Инк. Триспецифические связанные белки и способы их применения
US20160362469A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 Tianxin Wang Methods for protein modification in pharmaceutical applications
CN114591433A (zh) 2015-07-13 2022-06-07 西托姆克斯治疗公司 抗pd-1抗体、可活化抗pd-1抗体及其使用方法
KR20230041739A (ko) 2016-03-08 2023-03-24 매버릭 테라퓨틱스, 인크. 유도성 결합 단백질 및 사용 방법
JP7101621B2 (ja) 2016-05-20 2022-07-15 ハープーン セラピューティクス，インク． 単一ドメイン血清アルブミン結合タンパク質
CN110214147A (zh) 2016-10-14 2019-09-06 Xencor股份有限公司 IL15/IL15Rα异源二聚体FC-融合蛋白
US20190225702A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2019-07-25 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. Innate immune cell trispecific binding proteins and methods of use
MX2019004775A (es) 2016-11-03 2019-08-05 Squibb Bristol Myers Co Anticuerpos anti antigeno 4 del linfocito t citotoxico (ctla-4) activables y sus usos.
WO2018136725A1 (en) 2017-01-19 2018-07-26 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. Innate immune cell inducible binding proteins and methods of use
EP3589662A4 (en) 2017-02-28 2020-12-30 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. INDUCTIBLE MONOVALENT ANTIGEN BINDING PROTEIN
US11318164B2 (en) 2017-03-01 2022-05-03 Nektar Therapeutics Immunotherapeutic treatment method using an interleukin-2 receptor beta-selective agonist in combination with adoptive cell transfer therapy
WO2018165619A1 (en) 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Cd147 antibodies, activatable cd147 antibodies, and methods of making and use thereof
CN110582300B (zh) 2017-05-02 2024-08-02 尼克塔治疗公司 肿瘤免疫治疗性治疗方法
EP3619234A4 (en) * 2017-05-03 2021-05-26 Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc. COMPOSITIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR ADOPTIVE CELL THERAPIES
US12036283B2 (en) 2017-05-15 2024-07-16 Nektar Therapeutics Long-acting interleukin-15 receptor agonists and related immunotherapeutic compositions and methods
JP2020522486A (ja) 2017-06-01 2020-07-30 サイトメックス セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド 活性化可能抗ｐｄｌ１抗体、およびその使用方法
CN111050803A (zh) 2017-06-20 2020-04-21 德克萨斯大学系统董事会 用于治疗癌症的干扰素前药
MX2020000435A (es) 2017-07-14 2020-08-17 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc Anticuerpos anti-cd166 y usos de estos.
JP2020530554A (ja) 2017-07-20 2020-10-22 シートムエックス セラピューティクス，インコーポレイテッド 活性化抗体の特性を定性的および／または定量的に分析する方法およびその使用
EP3668548A2 (en) 2017-08-17 2020-06-24 Nektar Therapeutics Immunotherapeutic tumor treatment method
MX2020002198A (es) 2017-08-30 2020-07-20 Cytomx Therapeutics Inc Anticuerpos anti-cd166 activables y métodos de uso de los mismos.
WO2019051122A2 (en) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Maverick Therapeutics, Inc. CONDITIONAL ACTIVATED BOND FRACTIONS CONTAINING FC REGIONS
CA3287794A1 (en) 2017-10-14 2025-10-27 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies, activatable antibodies, bispecific antibodies, and bispecific activatable antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP3706770A4 (en) 2017-11-07 2021-10-27 Nektar Therapeutics IMMUNOTHERAPEUTIC COMBINATION FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
WO2019173832A2 (en) 2018-03-09 2019-09-12 AskGene Pharma, Inc. Novel cytokine prodrugs
CU24554B1 (es) 2018-05-07 2021-11-04 Ct Inmunologia Molecular Proteínas de fusión compuestas por una muteína de interleucina 2 e interferón tipo 1
AU2019271148B9 (en) * 2018-05-14 2025-05-29 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable interleukin-2 polypeptides and methods of use thereof
CA3100005A1 (en) * 2018-05-14 2019-11-21 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable cytokine polypeptides and methods of use thereof
EP3810624A4 (en) 2018-06-22 2022-07-06 Cugene Inc. Cytokine-based bioactivatable drugs and methods of uses thereof
CN120463822A (zh) 2018-09-27 2025-08-12 西里欧发展公司 掩蔽型细胞因子多肽
KR20220020879A (ko) 2019-06-12 2022-02-21 에스크진 파마, 아이엔씨. 새로운 il-15 프로드럭 및 이를 사용하는 방법
EP4004026A4 (en) 2019-07-25 2023-11-15 Trutino Biosciences Inc. IL-2 CYTOKINE PRODRUGS WITH A CLAVEABLE LINKER
CA3148505A1 (en) 2019-08-12 2021-02-18 AskGene Pharma, Inc. Novel il-2 fusion molecules
BR112022009110A2 (pt) * 2019-11-14 2022-07-26 Werewolf Therapeutics Inc Polipeptídeos de citocina ativáveis e métodos de uso destes
IL296911A (en) 2020-04-01 2022-12-01 Xilio Dev Inc Masked il-15 cytokines and their cleavage products
AU2021248919A1 (en) 2020-04-01 2022-10-13 Xilio Development, Inc. Masked IL-12 cytokines and their cleavage products
JP7735306B2 (ja) 2020-04-01 2025-09-08 エクシリオ デベロップメント， インコーポレイテッド マスクされたｉｌ－２サイトカイン及びその切断産物

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5288931A (en) * 1991-12-06 1994-02-22 Genentech, Inc. Method for refolding insoluble, misfolded insulin-like growth factor-I into an active conformation
US7112660B1 (en) * 1999-05-26 2006-09-26 European Molecular Biology Laboratory Modified cytokine
US20030045474A1 (en) * 2001-07-05 2003-03-06 University Of Zurich Pharmaceutical compositions
WO2003106381A2 (en) * 2002-06-12 2003-12-24 Exelixis, Inc. Human adam-10 inhibitors
US8734774B2 (en) * 2010-04-02 2014-05-27 University Of Rochester Protease activated cytokines
US20140154743A1 (en) * 2011-02-03 2014-06-05 Raphael D. Levy Methods and materials for enhancing functional protein expression in bacteria
US10822419B2 (en) * 2015-06-26 2020-11-03 University Of Southern California Masking chimeric antigen receptor T cells for tumor-specific activation
US11406710B2 (en) * 2017-09-08 2022-08-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Constrained conditionally activated binding proteins

Non-Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Alaoui-Ismaili, 2009, Cytokine Growth Factor Rev. 20(5-6):501 -7. *
Bemier et al, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 2004, Vol. 4, pages 528-533. *
Bhattacharya et al. 2017, PLoS ONE 12(3): e0171355. *
Gavert et al., 2007 Expression of L1-CAM and ADAM10 in Human Colon Cancer Cells Induces Metastasis, Cancer Res, 67: 7703-7712 *
Guo et al. (2004, PNAS USA 101(25):9205-10). *
Ozden et al., 2013, Expression of MMP-1, MMP-9, and TIMP-2 in prostate carcinoma and their influence on prognosis and survival. J. Cancer Res. Clin. Oncol., 139: 1373-1382 *
Song et al., 2019, iProt-Sub: a comprehensive package for accurately mapping and predicting protease-specific substrates and cleavage sites, Briefings in Bioinformatics, 20: 638-658 *
Tokuriki et al., 2009, Curr. Opin. Struc. Biol. 19:596-604. *
Ulloa-Aguirre et al, Traffic, 2004; Vol. 5, pages 821-837. *

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11866476B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2024-01-09 Xilio Development, Inc. Masked IL-2-Fc fusion polypeptides
US12465640B2 (en) 2019-02-25 2025-11-11 The University Of Chicago Methods and compositions for treating inflammatory and autoimmune conditions with ECM-affinity peptides linked to anti-inflammatory agents
US11365233B2 (en) 2020-04-10 2022-06-21 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable cytokine constructs and related compositions and methods
US12091442B2 (en) 2020-04-10 2024-09-17 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable cytokine constructs and related compositions and methods
US12280120B2 (en) 2020-11-25 2025-04-22 Xilio Development, Inc. Tumor-specific cleavable linkers
WO2022140388A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. Protease-activating cd45-gate car
US12404315B2 (en) 2020-12-21 2025-09-02 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. Protease-activating CD45-gate CAR
US12577283B2 (en) 2021-01-29 2026-03-17 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. Knockdown or knockout of one or more of TAP2, NLRC5, B2m, TRAC, RFX5, RFXAP and RFXANK to mitigate t cell recognition of allogeneic cell products
WO2022165233A1 (en) 2021-01-29 2022-08-04 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. KNOCKDOWN OR KNOCKOUT OF ONE OR MORE OF TAP2, NLRC5, β2m, TRAC, RFX5, RFXAP AND RFXANK TO MITIGATE T CELL RECOGNITION OF ALLOGENEIC CELL PRODUCTS
US11667687B2 (en) 2021-03-16 2023-06-06 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Masked activatable interferon constructs
EP4362966A4 (en) * 2021-06-30 2025-07-30 Univ California MEMBRANE-INTERACTING PEPTIDES CAPABLE OF BEING ACTIVATED BY GRANZYME AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2023150733A3 (en) * 2022-02-04 2023-10-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Surrogate cytokine polypeptides
WO2023161853A1 (en) 2022-02-23 2023-08-31 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Activatable il-18 polypeptides
WO2024026445A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 Allogene Therapeutics Inc. Engineered cells with reduced gene expression to mitigate immune cell recognition
WO2024150175A1 (en) 2023-01-11 2024-07-18 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Conditionally activated proteins and methods of use
WO2024150174A1 (en) 2023-01-11 2024-07-18 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Conditionally activated immunocytokines and methods of use
WO2024211877A3 (en) * 2023-04-06 2025-04-17 Werewolf Therapeutics, Inc. Il-12 prodrugs, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions
WO2025041101A1 (en) 2023-08-23 2025-02-27 Bright Peak Therapeutics Ag Activatable il-18 immunocytokines and uses thereof
WO2025096560A1 (en) 2023-10-30 2025-05-08 Allogene Therapeutics, Inc. Engineered cells

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3969035A1 (en) 2022-03-23
WO2020232305A1 (en) 2020-11-19
US20230272028A1 (en) 2023-08-31
AU2020275877B2 (en) 2025-07-24
KR20220023988A (ko) 2022-03-03
US20220220181A1 (en) 2022-07-14
AU2025217298A1 (en) 2025-09-04
JP2022532217A (ja) 2022-07-13
MX2021013766A (es) 2022-02-21
CA3137512A1 (en) 2020-11-19
CN114450022A (zh) 2022-05-06
IL287977A (en) 2022-01-01
AU2020275877A1 (en) 2021-12-23
BR112021022666A2 (pt) 2022-03-29
US11739132B2 (en) 2023-08-29
SG11202112541RA (en) 2021-12-30
JP2025020424A (ja) 2025-02-12
JP7754723B2 (ja) 2025-10-15
JP2025122188A (ja) 2025-08-20
EP3969035A4 (en) 2023-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11739132B2 (en) Separation moieties and methods of use thereof
US12076371B2 (en) Activatable cytokine polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US11535658B2 (en) Activatable interleukin-2 polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US20240262880A1 (en) Activatable cytokine polypeptides and methods of use thereof
AU2019271147A1 (en) Activatable cytokine polypeptides and methods of use thereof
HK40098030A (en) Activatable interleukin-2 polypeptides and methods of use thereof
HK40048553B (en) Activatable interleukin-2 polypeptides and methods of use thereof
HK40048553A (en) Activatable interleukin-2 polypeptides and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BRODKIN, HEATHER;REEL/FRAME:054342/0177

Effective date: 20200521

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HICKLIN, DANIEL;REEL/FRAME:054342/0160

Effective date: 20200520

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC;REEL/FRAME:054342/0208

Effective date: 20200520

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:WINSTON, WILLIAM;REEL/FRAME:054342/0144

Effective date: 20200520

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ALAUNUS BIOSCIENCES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:054342/0204

Effective date: 20201028

Owner name: MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BHASKAR, VINAY;REEL/FRAME:054342/0185

Effective date: 20200520

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SEIDEL-DUGAN, CYNTHIA;REEL/FRAME:054342/0154

Effective date: 20200520

Owner name: WEREWOLF THERAPEUTICS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SALMERON GARCIA, JOSE ANDRES;REEL/FRAME:054342/0172

Effective date: 20200521

Owner name: ALAUNUS BIOSCIENCES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:KNUDSEN, GISELLE;REEL/FRAME:054389/0899

Effective date: 20200608

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: MPM ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:EVNIN, LUKE;REEL/FRAME:059082/0545

Effective date: 20200520

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION COUNTED, NOT YET MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION COUNTED, NOT YET MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED